WQ0031246_More Information (Received)_20230317

ANLAur ENGINE -EKING, FLLC
Joseph J. Anlauf, P.E.
Firm License P-0929
March 17, 2023
Mr. Zachary Mega
NCDEQ, Division of Water Resources
Mail Service Center
Raleigh, NC 27699-1634
Re: Application No. WQ0031246
Permit Application Return
Riversound WWTP
High -Rate Infiltration System
Chowan County
Dear Mr. Mega;
The following items are being submitted in response to the Request for Additional Information
letter dated February 6, 2023. The RFI comments are italicized and the comments are in bold
text.
Cover Letter:
1. Will the two 2.75 hp equalization mixers remain online during the interim operation?
If so, please add this to the cover letter, fill out Item V.Il.g. on FORM: HRIS 06-16,
add a reference to them on the engineering plans, and add any necessary details to the
O&M Pl an.
No the mixers will not be used in the interim operation.
2. Will an influent flow meter, effluent flow meter, effluent sampling station, and/or
turbidimeter be provided for the interim treatment train? If so, please add this to the
cover letter, fill out Item V. Il.h. on FORM.- HRIS 06-16, add a reference to them on the
engineering plans, provide any applicable specifications, and add any necessary
details to the O&M Plan.
An effluent flow meter and a sampling port have been added to the design of the interim
wastewater system. The effluent flow meter will be added to the discharge piping after the
UV units. A brass spigot has been added to the discharge piping after the UV unit for the
procurement of treated effluent samples. Information regarding these elements have been
added to the plans, specifications and 4&M Plan.
Application (FORM: HRIS 06-16):
3. Item 11. — Riversound POA is currently acting as a Privately -Owned Public Utility.
Please check this box.
Per our telecommunication this item has been resolved.
4. Item IV 9. — "Yes" was selected, however, no documentation was provided for the
4721 W. Eckner St., Kitty Hawk, North Carolina [phone]

ANLAur ENGINEERING FLLC
Joseph J. Anlad, P.E.
Firm License P-0929
presence or absence of threatened or endangered aquatic species. Please see
Comment 1 under Section P.
A written request for a determination regarding the presence or absence of threatened or
endangered aquatic species has been processed to the NC Natural Heritage Program. No
response has been received to date. The written request has been attached.
5. Item IV IL — "NIA " was selected, however, Biversound POA is currently acting as a
Privately- Owned Public Utility. Please revise to "Yes " and see Comment 1 under
Section P. [15ANCACO2T.0115(a)(1), 02T . 0704(g)J
Per our telecommunication this item has been resolved.
6. Item IV.13. — "Yes " was selected, however, no Operational Agreement was provided
with the submitted application package. Please see Comment 1 under Section P. [15A
NCAC 02T T. 0115(c)]
Per our telecommunication this item has been resolved.
7. Item V.II.c. —Please fill out the information for the UV unit located under the table
(i.e., number of banks, number of lamps per bank, maximum disinfection capacity).
C. V.11.c: For initial phase, 2 banks in series, 1 bulb per bank, 83 GPM; for final phase 6
banks (3 series pairs), 1 bulb per bank, 250 GPM
8. Item V. I1. e. —For the pumps in the ]"stage of the AX-Max unit, the number of pumps
is listed at 3, but it appears it should be 4 based on the information provided in the
"Purpose " column. Please verify and revise.
C. V.11.e: The number of pre anoxic return pumps noted under "purpose" should be
amended to 1.
9. Item V.11 f. —Blowers are not provided in duplicate as per 15A NCAC 02H.404(g).
Please revise.
C. V.111: The referenced "blowers" are more accurately referred to as ventilation fans.
Unlike conventional activated sludge treatment processes, the AXMAX units are not
dependent on these fans for treatment; indeed, in cold weather they are deliberately shut
off. Duplex functionality is not necessary.
10. Item V.11. h. — Please provide details on the auxiliary power source in this table.
Backup Power supply is by a diesel generator. I did not design this element nor do I have
access to this information. Please refer to the past permit applications and operations permits
for this information.
11. Item V111.3. — Please provide the minimum field observed distance from surface waters
to the treatment/storage units.
4721 W. Eckner St., Kitty Hawk, North Carolina [phone]

ANLAUF ENGINEERING. FLLC
Joseph J. Anlauf, P.E.
Firm License P-0929
Approximately 890 l.ft. from the interim treatment units to the closest tributary of Simon
Creek. Approximately 1,171 l.ft. from the interim treatment units to the closest part of
Plumbtree Branch. Approximately 1,507 l.ft. from the interim treatment units to the
closest part of Middleton Creek. Approximately 4,406 l.ft. from the interim treatment
units to the closest part of the Yeopim River.
12. Item IX.2. — "No" was selected, however, this facility is an Interim Treatment and
Disposal Facility per 15A NCAC 02H.0403. Please revise to "Yes ".
The application has been revised accordingly.
Property Ownership Documentation:
13. No property ownership documentation was provided with the submitted application
package. Please provide this per Instruction D on Instructions for FORM: HRIS 06-16
& Supporting Documentation.
This is an existing facility and all of this information was submitted at the time of the
original permitting.
fnyineerine.Plans:
1. The following comments have been provided by Randy Sipe of the Washington Regional
Office:
a. The design drawings show a 2-inch PVC effluent discharge line extending to the
edge of the existing concrete slab before becoming buried. Will this line connect to
the existing discharge line to the infiltration basin, or will a new discharge line be
extended to the basin? The design drawings should be revised to indicate how
effluent will be conveyed to the infiltration basin.
The effluent discharge will be an entirely new pipe. Please see the attached and revised
Plan Sheet 1 of 4 for a depiction of the proposed foreemain alignment.
b. Will the proposed carbon and alkalinity systems require any weatherproofing? Ifso,
this should be included in the design drawings.
Weatherproof insulation will be added to the chemical fee vessels to protect these units
from freezing.
c. The UV treatment unit identified in the application package appears to be
designed for water treatment. Will it be able to operate in a wastewater
environment?
Yes, the promotional materials identify tertiary treatment for municipal/industrial
wastewater as an acceptable application. Additionally, AQWA has used these products in
wastewater applications on numerous occasions with no performance concerns.
4721 W. Eckner St., Kitty Hawk, North Carolina [phone]

ANLAur ENGINEERING, rLLC
Joseph J. Anlauf, P.E.
Firm License P-0929
2. Ifpossible, please increase the quality of the AQWA and Orenco details on Sheet 1.
The smaller text is grainy and hard to read.
Unfortunately, the details provided are the only details available
3. The notes in the top right corner of Sheet 1 appear to be for a different project. Please
revise.
The notes have been corrected.
4. Please provide details for all proposed pumps, blowers, recording devices, and
auxiliary power as per Instruction I on Instructions for FOB- HRIS 06-16 &
Supporting Documentation.
Additional details have been provided for the following items:
Stenner Pumps — Peristaltic Chemical Feed Pumps
Sanitron Ultraviolet Water Purifiers
Badger Electromagnetic Flow Meter
5. Please provide a profile view of the interim treatment plant including its piping,
valves, and equipment, and a hydraulic profile from the interim treatment plant
headworks to the highest infiltration point as per Instruction I on Instructions for
FORM HRIS 06-16 & Supporting Documentation.
See attached cut sheet for the profile view of max unit. Additionally the plan set has been
expanded to add plan sheet 4 of 4 depicting do depict the hydraulic profile of the system.
6. Please label the blowers on Sheets 2 and 3.
There are no blowers. The AX-Max is fitted with a fan that helps ventilate the attached growth
media. The application item has been clarified to indicate a fan.
7. Please show the auxiliary power in the plan view.
The location of the auxiliary power has been illustrated on Plan Sheet 1 of 4.
ke.ci
fications:
8. Please provide specifications for the blowers, UV units, auxiliary power, and any
additional equipment mentioned in Comment 2 under Section A above.
Please find attached specifications for the Orenco Controls, Peristaltic Pumps, UV units
and the Electromagnetic Meter. The system contains no blowers. The Auxiliary Power
system is existing, it is a 150 kW diesel generator, this is all the information that is
4721 W. Eckner St., Kitty Hawk, North Carolina [phone]

ANLAur ENGINE -EKING, PLLC
Joseph J. Anlauf, P.E.
Firm License P-0929
available for this item. The original permit application package prepared by Shield
Engineering undoubtedly contains a significant level of information about this item.
Engineerine Calculations:
9. Please provide pump calculations (i.e., friction/total dynamic head calculations,
system curve analysis) for the selected pumps within the AX-Max Unit.
The AX-MAX pump curve information has been requested from Orenco and will be shared
when made available by Orenco.
10. Please provide a demonstration that the sped ied auxiliary power source is capable of
powering all essential treatment units.
The existing auxiliary generator is a 150 kW diesel generator. This generator has been
sizzed to run a 50,000 gpd Siemens (now Evoqua) MBR including the FEQ, Digester Tank
and Kaesar Blowers. The Orenco AX-Max unit will draw power supply from the same
power source currently supplying power to the system so that when the power goes out the
generator will kick in and supply power to the much smaller load from the AX-Max unit.
Site Map:
11. This is required and was not included in the submitted application package, however,
our records show a site map was received on August 17, 2021, in response to an
Additional Information Request Letter sent on May 24, 2021. Please review the attached
site map and update based on the proposed design, if necessary.
Anlauf Engineering, PLLC did not generate this site map and cannot take responsibility for
the content. Anlauf Engineering, PLLC has no access to this information in a format that
can be modified.
Power Reliabilitv Plan:
12. This is required and was not included in the submitted application package.
Please submit documentation of power reliabilityper 1 SA NCAC 02T .0705(k).
The existing auxiliary generator is a 150 kW diesel generator. This generator has been
sizzed to run a 50,000 gpd Siemens (now Evoqua) MBR including the FEQ, Digester Tank
and Kaesar Blowers. The Orenco AX-Max unit will draw power supply from the same
power source currently supplying power to the system so that when the power goes out the
generator will kick in and supply power to the much smaller load from the AX-Max unit.n
and Maintenance Plan:
1. An O&M manual for the AX-Mox unit was provided, but this is only a supplement to
the required O&M Plan. Our records show an O&M Plan was received on July 9,
2021, in response to an Additional Information Request Letter sent on May 24, 2021.
Please review the attached O&M Plan for accuracy and update it as necessary for the
4721 W. Eckner St., Kitty Hawk, North Carolina [phone]

ANLAur ENGINEERING, PLLC
Joseph J. Anlauf, P.E.
Firm License P-0929
I
proposed interim facility.
Anlauf Engineering, PLLC did not generate the 4&M plan and cannot accept
responsibility for the contents. Anlauf Engineering, PLLC has no access to this
information in a format that can be modified.
Please find the following items attached:
1. Revised application form HRIS-06-16;
2. Request for information to the NC Natural Heritage Program;
3. Revised Plan Sheets 1, 2, 3 & 4 of 4
4. Orenco Control Specifications
5. Stenner Pump Specifications & Installation and Maintenance Manual;
6. Sanitron Specifications & Owner's Manual;
7. Badger Mag Meter Specifications and User Manual;
The response to the Request for Information has been prepared based on the current level of
information available. Anlauf Engineering, PLLC did not design and permit the original system
and did not prepare the information submitted in 2021. Anlauf Engineering, PLLC cannot take
responsibility for the information expressed in these documents and furthermore has no access to
the information used to design and permit the existing system. Much of the information
requested must be created from scratch and therefore some of the detail is limited.
Please review and approve the attached and please call or email with questions.
Sincerely,
Anlauf En ine ring, PL_ C
3
oseph .Anlauf, PE
Encl.: as stated
Cc: Ed Kiley
Robert Tankard/Randy Sipe
4721 W. Eckner St., Kitty Hawk, North Carolina [phone]

V.
WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY DESIGN CRITERIA —15A NCAC 02T .0705 (continued):
11. Provide the requested treatment unit and mechanical equipment information:
a. PRELIMINARY / PRIMARY TREATMENT (i.e., physical removal operations and flow equalization):
Treatment Unit No. of Manufacturer or Dimensions (ft) / Volume Plan Sheet Specification
Units Material Spacings (in) (gallons) Reference Reference
Coarse Screen 1 BCSI 200-E 9'x7'x2' n/a
Flow Equalization 1 welded steel 1l'x36'x11' 30,000
Select
Select
Select
b. SECONDARY / TERTIARY TREATMENT (i.e., biological and chemical processes to remove organics and nutrients)
No. of Manufacturer or
Treatment Unit
Dimensions (ft) Volume Plan Sheet Specification
Units Material
(gallons) Reference Reference
12,000 total
Orenco AXMAX,
-6,000 gallon in
non -submerged
first stage
Other 1 textile media filter
42x8x7 textile
with denitrification
-3,000 gallon in
denite chamber
MBBR
-3,000 gallon in
polish/discharge
Select
Select
Select
Select
Select
Select
Select
c. DISINFECTION
No. of Manufacturer or Volume
Treatment Unit Dimensions (ft)
Plan Sheet Specification
Units Material (gallons)
Reference Reference
Ultraviolet 2 Sanitron S2400 in 4 8 gallons,
series 40 gpm
Select
➢ If chlorination is the proposed method of disinfection, specify detention time provided:
minutes (NOTE — 30
minutes minimum required), and indicate what treatment unit chlorine contact occurs:
➢ If ultraviolet (UV) light is the proposed method of disinfection, specify the number of banks: 2, number of lamps per
bank: 1 and maximum disinfection capacity: 83 GPM.
d. RESIDUAL TREATMENT
No. of Manufacturer or Dimensions (ft) Volume
Treatment Unit
Plan Sheet Specification
Units Material (gallons)
Reference Reference
Select
Select
FORM: HRIS 06-16 Page 5 of 13

V. WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY DESIGN CRITERIA —15A NCAC 02T .0705 (continued):
e. PUMPS
Location
No. of Purpose Manufacturer / Capacity Plan Sheet Specification
Pumps
Type
GPM TDH Reference Reference
(2) First Stage
AXMAX - 1 st stage
3
Recirculation Pump
Orenco Turbine
75 45
(1) Pre -Anoxic
Pump
Return Pump
AXMAX - MBBR
2
(2) Up flow Pump
Orenco Turbine
20 100
compartment
Pump
AXMAX -Polish
(2) Polish Stage
Orenco Turbine
stage and discharge
4
Recirculation Pump
Pump
20 100
(2) Discharge Pump
Flow Equalization
Move wastewater
Chamber
2
from FEQ to AX-
Submersible
35 2 of 3
Max
f BLOWERS
Location
No. of
Units Served
Manufacturer /
Capacity Plan Sheet Specification
Blowers
Type
(CFM) Reference Reference
Packed Bed Media
1
1
Cincinnati LMF-6
245 CFM
Filter Fan
at 0" H2O
g. MIXERS
Location
No. of Units Served Manufacturer / Power Plan Sheet Specification
Mixers Type (hp) Reference Reference
h. RECORDING DEVICES & RELIABILITY
Device No. of Location
Units
Effluent Flow Measuring Device 1 Post UV
Next to
Auxiliary Generator 1 Original
Blower
Building
Select
Select
i. EFFLUENT PUMP / DOSING TANK (IF APPLICABLE):
Maximum
Plan Sheet Specification
Manufacturer
Capacity
Reference Reference
Badger 373 gpm
2 of 3
150 kW
1 of 3
FORM: HRIS 06-16
Page 6 of 13

VIII. SETBACKS —15A NCAC 02T .0706:
1. Does the project comply with all setbacks found in the river basin rules 05A NCAC 0213.0200)? ® Yes or ❑ No
If no, list non -compliant setbacks:
2. Have any setback waivers been obtained in order to comply with 15A NCAC 02T .706(a) and .0706(d)? ❑ Yes or ® No
If yes, have these waivers been written, notarized and signed by all parties involved and recorded with the County Register of
Deeds? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
3. Provide the minimum field observed distances (ft) for each setback parameter to the infiltration system and treatment/storage
units (NOTE — Distances greater than 500 feet may be marked N/A):
Setback Parameter
Any habitable residence or place of assembly under separate ownership or not to be
maintained as part of the project site
Any habitable residence or place of assembly owned by the Permittee to be maintained as
part of the project site
Any private or public water supply source
Surface waters (streams — intermittent and perennial, perennial waterbodies, and wetlands)
Groundwater lowering ditches (where the bottom of the ditch intersects the SHWT)
Subsurface groundwater lowering drainage systems
Surface water diversions (ephemeral streams, waterways, ditches)
Any well with exception of monitoring wells
Any property line
Top of slope of embankments or cuts of two feet or more in vertical height
Any water line from a disposal system
Any swimming pool
Public right of way
Nitrification field
Any building foundation or basement
Impounded public water supplies
Public shallow groundwater supply (less than 50 feet deep)
Infiltration Treatment /
System Storage Units
>400 ft >100 ft
>400 ft
>400 ft >100 ft
>50 ft >50 ft
N/A
>200 ft.
>50 ft.
>100 f >100 ft
>200 ft >50 ft
>100 ft AU
>400 ft
>400 ft
>200 ft
>400 ft
>400 ft
>500 ft.
>500 ft
4. Does the Applicant intend on complying with either 15A NCAC 02T .0706(b) or (c)? ❑ Yes or ® No
If yes, what are the designed Total Nitrogen and Total Phosphorus effluent concentrations? TN: _ mg/L TP: _ mg/L
5. Does the Applicant intend on complying with the High -Rate Policv issued October 27, 2006? ❑ Yes or ® No
If yes, verify the following information:
✓ Are the most stringent effluent standards in both 15A NCAC 02T .0705(b) and 15A NCAC 02U .0301(b) met?
❑ Yes or ❑ No
✓ Is duality provided for all treatment units per 15A NCAC 02U .0402(c)? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
✓ Continuous online monitoring and recording of effluent for turbidity? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
✓ A lined 5-day upset pond is provided? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
✓ The 5-day upset pond has restricted access? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
✓ A certified operator of a grade equal or greater than the facility classification is on call 24 hrs/day? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
FORM: HRIS 06-16 Page 13 of 13

IX. COASTAL WASTE TREATMENT DISPOSAL REQUIREMENTS —15A NCAC 02H .0400:
1. Is this facility located in a Coastal Area as defined per 15A NCAC 02H .0403? ® Yes or ❑ No
For assistance determining if the facility is located within the Coastal Area, a reference map may be downloaded at: Coastal
Areas Boundarv.
2. Is this an Interim Treatment and Disposal Facility per 15A NCAC 02H .0404(2)? ® Yes or ❑ No
NOTE — Interim facilities do not include County and Municipal area -wide collection and treatment systems.
IF ANSWERED YES TO ITEMS IX.1. AND IX.2., THEN COMPLETE ITEMS IX.3. THROUGH IX.16.
3. Is equalization of at least 25% of the average daily flow provided? ® Yes or ❑ No
4. How will noise and odor be controlled? Pumns and Blowers are housed
5. Is an automatically activated standby power source provided? ® Yes or ❑ No
6. Are all essential treatment units provided in duplicate? ® Yes or ❑ No
NOTE — Per 15A NCAC 02T .010306), essential treatment units are defined as any unit associated with the wastewater
treatment process whose loss would likely render the facility incapable of meeting the required performance criteria, including
aeration units or other main treatment units, clarification equipment, filters, disinfection equipment, pumps and blowers.
7. Are the disposal units (i.e., infiltration basins/fields) provided in duplicate? ❑ Yes or ® No
8. Is there an impounded public surface water supply within 500 feet of the infiltration area? ❑ Yes or ® No
9. Is there a public shallow groundwater supply (less than 50 feet deep) within 500 feet of the infiltration area? ❑ Yes or ® No
10. Is there a private groundwater supply within 100 feet of the infiltration area? ❑ Yes or ® No
11. Are there any SA classified waters within 100 feet of the infiltration area? ❑ Yes or ® No
12. Are there any non -SA classified waters within 50 feet of the infiltration area? ❑ Yes or ® No
13. Are there any surface water diversions (i.e., drainage ditches) within 25 feet of the infiltration area? ❑ Yes or ® No
14. Per the requirements in 15A NCAC 02H .0404(e)(7). how much green area is provided? 913,192 ftZ
15. Is the green area clearly delineated on the plans? ® Yes or ❑ No
16. Is the snrav infiltration wetted area within 200 feet of any adjoining properties? ❑ Yes, ❑ No or ® N/A
X. GROUNDWATER LOWERING SYSTEM DESIGN:
1. Does this project utilize a groundwater lowering system? ❑ Yes or ® No (If yes, complete Items X.2. through X.4.)
2. Is the groundwater lowering system: ❑ mechanically lowered (i.e., pumped) or ❑ gravity fed?
3. Where does the groundwater lowering drainage system discharge?
If the system mechanically lowers groundwater and discharges directly or indirectly (i.e., pond overflow) to surface waters,
wetlands and/or stormwater structures, provide the date the Applicant obtained written confirmation from the Water Quality
Regional Operations Section that operation of the groundwater lowering drainage system will not adversely affect surface
waters of the State. Submitted: & Received:
4. Groundwater lowering system design criteria:
Groundwater Lowering System Design
Pipe diameter: in Discharge rate:
Pipe material: Method to measure discharge rate:
Pipe depth: ft Number of pumps:
Pipe length: ft Pump capacity:
Pipe slope (gravity -fed): % Plan Sheet Reference:
Trench backfill material: Specification Section:
GPD
GPM TDH
FORM: HRIS 06-16 Page 14 of 13

ANLAUF ENGINEERING. FLLC
Joseph. J. Anlauf, P.E.
Firm License P-0929
February 20, 2023
North Carolina Natural Heritage Program
1601 Mail Service Center
Raleigh, NC 27699-1601
Re: Site Specific Determination
Riversound Wastewater Treatment Plant Major Permit Modification
3,350 gpd Treatment System
Chowan County, North Carolina
Dear Program Coordinator;
The Riversound Property Owners Association, Inc. is in the process of permitting a temporary
wastewater treatment plant to serve the single family residential subdivision during a period when
flows are too low to facilitate and sustain biological growth in the existing 50,000 gpd wastewater
treatment plant that exists on the ground and that is currently serving the two homes located
within the subdivision.
Phase 1 of the Riversound Subdivision located in Chowan County is comprised of 225 single
family residential lots and one (1) small restroom building by the resident boat ramp. When the
developer became insolvent due to the housing market crash of 2007 the installation of
improvements stopped with only portions of the subdivision infrastructure complete. Starting in
2015 we worked as a team to determine what wastewater infrastructure was in place and over
time restored that plant configuration to an operational status. This restoration process was
spurred on by the need for the Wastewater Treatment and Disposal Facility to be deemed
operational so that Chowan County could issue the first couple of building permits for actual
homes to go into the subdivision. From 2007 to some point in 2018 there were no homes and no
wastewater generated. The idea the more homes would follow the original two (2) homes never
came to fruition and the flow remains at a couple of hundred gallons per day.
Phase 1 of the Riversound subdivision is served by a membrane bioreactor (MBR) wastewater
treatment plant (WWTP). The Biological Treatment Unit (BTU), which has a treatment capacity
of 50,000 gpd, is the limiting factor in total treatment capacity today. Other portions of the plant
such as the Headworks, Flow Equalization Tanks and Digester are design for the wastewater flow
at full build out (81,000 gpd). The process calculations for the BTU indicate that this plant must
have an average daily flow of 6,000 gpd in order to maintain the biomass within the BTU to
achieve the treatment objectives and to generate compliant effluent. With only two (2) houses in
the subdivision, one of which is only occupied during weekends and holidays, this system is a
long way away from generating flow tributary to the plant at the minimum plant threshold.
Although several new homes are projected to be constructed in the near future this will still leave
the flow tributary to the plant at far less than 6,000 gpd average daily flow.
The Disposal method for this facility is a single High Rate Infiltration Basin (HRIB).
This Major Permit Modification is for the installation of a smaller attached growth packaged
treatment facility designed to manage the lower flows until the flow tributary to the plant meets
the minimum threshold necessary to expect the MBR to perform to the effluent limits of the
4721 W. Eckner St., Kitty Hawk, North Carolina (252)489-714-3

ANLAur ENGINET-KING, FLLC
Joseph J. Anlauf, P.E.
Firm License P-0929
original permit. The equipment proposed is the Orenco AX-Max treatment unit. Phase one of the
proposed interim treatment facility would have a treatment capacity of 3,350 gpd.
It is very important to note that the wastewater treatment plant and High Rate Infiltration Basin
are existing and that a request was made to the NC Natural Heritage Program for a determination
of the presence or absence of rare species, important natural communities, natural areas and/or
conservation/managed areas within the project boundary or within a 1-mile radius of the project
boundary at the time of the original application.
The following items have been attached to assist in the determination:
1. One (1) copy of map information derived from Chowan County's GIS viewer illustrating
the parcel and with the 2016 color aerial photograph layer turned on;
2. One (1) copy of two separate maps with the information derived from the NC Natural
Heritage Program Map Viewer indicated the absence of Natural Areas or Managed Areas
overlays on the subject parcel as well as within a 1 mile radius;
This correspondence has been sent to seek concurrence of the absence of rare species, important
natural communities, natural areas and/or conservation/managed areas within the project
boundary or within a 1-mile radius of the project boundary.
Thank you for your attention to this matter. Please call with any questions at [phone].
Sincerely,
Anlauf Engineerin PLLC
Joseph J. Anlauf, E.
Encl.: as stated
Cc: Ed Kiley — President, Riversound Property Owners Association, Inc.
4721 W. Eckner St., Kitty Hawk, North Carolina (252)489-71.43

Riversound
" •
Bnt Mill *Creek
ur_
'
•
01.
+
• • '
\
' +'
r +
. +ram ' W * '
�
— •' i
+ g
-
"
Midd
..
+
• ,yL+ Ye4b ire _
+'*
■
d # ' • •
' ' • '
T r'
•
*
8 ft
February 20, 2023
1:49,315
Parcel Centroids
Natural Areas High
Unranked 0 Registered Heritage Area
0
0.33 0.65 1.3 mi
North Carolina Boundary
Exceptional Moderate
Managed Areas 0 Conservation Easement
0
0.5 1 2 km
Very High General
Dedicated Nature Preserve r� Other Protection
`
Esri, NASA, NGA, USGS,
FEMA, State of North Carolina DOT, Esri, HERE,
Garmin, SafeGraph,
GeoTechnologies, Inc, METUNASA, USGS, EPA, NPS,
Anlauf Engineering, PLLC

A " LA- c ( e— Cc, t orf F,=- P P,.-- f it Gt
'(Zl V ECG--s 0 0 r-r p s v I3 A I v I s 1 at-j
. (a V ./ITT ..+�- - - . r� . �i./► . . . V . `+ i.o - . - 4 - - I V.-a % -.-2. rd J i.- t,,
c—ck( c

1
NOTE:
THE DATA GIVEN ON THESE PLANS IS BELIEVED
TO BE ACCURATE, BUT THE ACCURACY IS NOT
GUARANTEED. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE
FOR VERIFYING ALL LEVELS, LOCATIONS, TYPES,
AND DIMENSIONS OF THE EXISTING UTILITIES
PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. IF A DISCREPANCY
IS FOUND, WORK SHALL CEASE AND THE ENGINEER
NOTIFIED. WORK MAY CONTINUE UPON ENGINEERS
NOTICE TO PROCEED.
Know what's below.
Call before you dig.
SANITRONO HIGH CAPACITY SYSTEMS
DIMENSIONAL DATA
Figure 11 - S2400C& S5,000C Dimensional Data
15 1/4" [387.35mm]
MOUNTING
5 5/8" [142.88mm]
09/32• 107.14mml
MOUNTING
MOUNTING
HOLE
TYP 4 PL.
12" [304.80mm]
52 1/8" [1323.96mm]
WIPER STROKE
-
50" [1270.10mm]
2" NPT
38 5/16" [973.14mm]
INLET/OUTLET
19 5/32"
SIGHT PORT — [486.56mm]
I
PLUG
5,2,
-
1ti�eEam
[139.71
C
— DRAIN PLUG
6 9/16" [166.67mm]
WIPER LOCK
16" [406.40mm]
50" [1270.10mm]
MIN. CLEARANCE
LAMP/QUARTZ
SLEEVE REMOVAL
SANITRONI% S2400C
52 1/8" [1323.96mm] TYP.
38 5/16" [973.14mm] TYP.
I
10 3/61 17"
[263.53mm] TYP. [430.20mm] TYP.
R I
® 15"
[380.42mm] TYP.
-BEd
SANITRON11 S5,000C
2 - SANITRON'% S2400C, IN SERIES.
INTERCONNECT PIPING SUPPLIED.
18
3 0 A)r-,t=
Inlet
2"Olnlel—�,
7:5"
1 0 Chemjeed
Inlet with 1 "ld Chen f ed _ • Upflow Filter
Sweep Flbow Inlet with FlaseAsaembly + Polrshing Chamber
(T mad UP) Slveep Elbow Flaw A.asemhly
l 1 FTNrncd UP) r' Upflow Filter Pump
II • nischarge P—p,
II I ' Paheh;rg P",npo-
AX-Max 17542
3 Stare Unit Planview
.5i.,,/r. 1" J'-U"
es
�1
® I9m Fan
Assembly
40
AQWA
The clear leader.
1507 Drexel St,
Wilson NC, 27896
[phone]
www,agwa,net
Riversound
AX-MAX Unit
Sheet Title
AX-MAX Plan
Drawn By: Date:
,Barry 4/28/22
Keteased By, Dote)
Sheet Name
WW1
NM;
W51- E Fl ;% WWI? WCE MIN aCO5E PPDXIMn'
%Y56 lfftE BASIN
NEE? MCfOP
WVZ, I
c IPEv rsAx TO ccuma PANEL)
- - EL0Af0i0W
( WIPEP 10 CON(PC_ Ph9L)
Mk AALiV FUND
1__ I I )I `s—NJOJJC PTfmW
CIE:WLN. FE;G iLL3E
fop View
to romp
(WRL? PACK fO CGN(Pa'NJE.)
W", Mora
FLGAT OM
(wtPt v ro connPo. PA7EL)
� r�bXSfi ML%E? 13A5IN
PEMAI nc ri W
✓
6EMVal rE;n VIA
--mom PErtav LIFE
51de View
OrencO lbenca Systems. Ina. s
® This Submittal Drawing is CONFIDENTIAL and
provided for the sale purpose of ens nng Customer
oppravol. Customer may not use al SubMllol
Drawing for any other purpose. antl may not disclwe
Oreneo J Incorporated it to third parties oe replicate in any way prad,d,
a 1 embodied herein.
:17)
U
Z
It 10_06 A-
v 3
AL .
UZI
3sao
� Y
v
_ �•
` ` `
i UJ
CY
V
� S1 z W
4153 J
rfi
�
lU�74° '424 GT
m
z
txss
U
�,
aria
L'i
V
eD�
g
o
CM
5a84
-
W
10. 17
b�2 0
Jo
Q _(n Q�
z= U
■:tiro�C4�zQ,=
d
� .
VICINITY MAP
N.T.S.
1. OWNER: RIVERSOUND PROPERTY OWNERS ASSOCIATION, INC.
17505 W. CATAWBA AVE., SUITE 350
CORNELIUS, NC 28031
2. ENGINEER: ANLAUF ENGINEERING, PLLC
4721 W. ECKNER ST.
KITTY HAWK, NC 27949
TEL.: [phone]
EMAIL: [e-mail]
3. PIN NUMBER: 784500047776
4. ADDRESS: 185 RIVERSOUND DRIVE, EDENTON 27932
5. PURPOSE: CONSTRUCTION OF AN INTERIM LOW FLOW WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY
6. LAND PARCEL AREA: 39.12 ACRES
7. RECORDED REFERENCE: D.B. 466, PAGE 322
8. PROPERTY IS CURRENTLY LOCATED IN F.I.R.M. ZONE X,
MAP NUMBER: 3720784400L, EFFECTIVE DATE 12/21/18
(SUBJECT TO CHANGE BY F.E.M.A.)
150 View
I Project: Above Ground
Liquid Chemical Feed Unit
Description: Details
}
o:dR Q3
-J as oCt
L,m�
s it
ait
dtn��
04
0 �WWoitLLUa
ZZoo
CAW W�Qpj�yZ�
U2 �QCWoa�g
Q 0- WS
Zz
z
U
a
Z w
O
1-04 O
Z
U
A0
U
Z
Q
0
A O O
S
U
O � O
"AT
MhEP MOfLa
ACCE55 PQ2f W W
(WKV T0C
i5�t7 fOCONI1Pa PMEL)
mp"TA.11c rim, Z
O
Q-EMK.IL FEE<) fIL'E Z
La.l
0
Lli
3FiM WOOA51N
Drawn By: CSJ Scale: 1116' = I'
Reviewed By: NTB Sheet: I OF I
File Name: 1CF DG.Dwa Rev: I.0 I Date: 41BI2019
♦ I ♦ I
COMMISSION NO.
P1501
DESIGNED BY
JJA
(DRAWN BY
JJA
(CHECKED BY
JJA
ISSUE DATE
6/22/22 ,
SHEET N0.
1
DRAWING FILE: AX-MAX UNIT.DWG
PLOT SCALE: 1 "=20'
,OF 4 SHEETS,

i
0
APPROXIMATE LIMITS OF EXISTING CONCRETE SLAB
CONCRETE SLAB
Wmnt
0 N X
5�z �
m r�
N Z ( n
" v =
m
Zv
0 m
=r
O D
a!O
z0 8
0 Z
N
m D
v al
Z
Vent Fan
Assembly
f!
2" SCH 80 PVC
DISCHARGE FROM
AX—MAX UNIT TO UV 2" Outlet
(ALL ABOVE GROUND
` PIPE TO BE WRAPPED
IN INSULATION AND
HEAT TAPE) pro
* Polishing Chamber
Float Assembly /
Splice Box (typ.)
DRAWING FILE: AX-MAX UNIT.DWG
PLOT SCALE: 1 "=20'
V
W
\\— CONCRETE SLAB
* Anoxic
* Recirc.
Float Assert
AX-Max 175-42 (PHASE 3)
3 Stake Unit Plan View
N.T.S.
AX-Max 175-42 (PHASE 2)
3 Stage Unit Plan View
N.T.S.
42.00'
now
'%
* Recirc. Pumps
1"0 Line to
Pre —Anoxic
1"0 Chemfeed
Inlet with
Sweep Elbow
(Turned UP)
insultated to protect s _
against freezing)
CARBON FEED SYSTEM
1" SCH 80 PVC ANOXIC RETURN LINE
(ALL ABOVE GROUND PIPE TO BE WRAPPED
IN INSULATION AND HEAT TAPE)
AX-Max 175-42
3 Stage Unit Planview
N. T.S.
CONCRETE SLAB
­1111110-
CONCRETE SLAB
•
LL
APPROXIMATE LIMITS OF EXISTING CONCRETE SLAB
o�
0 0
Know what's below.
Call before you dig.
NOTE:
THE DATA GIVEN ON THESE PLANS IS BELIEVED
TO BE ACCURATE, BUT THE ACCURACY IS NOT
GUARANTEED. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE
FOR VERIFYING ALL LEVELS, LOCATIONS, TYPES,
AND DIMENSIONS OF THE EXISTING UTILITIES
PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. IF A DISCREPANCY
IS FOUND, WORK SHALL CEASE AND THE ENGINEER
NOTIFIED. WORK MAY CONTINUE UPON ENGINEERS
NOTICE TO PROCEED.
t
EXISTING 30,000 GALLON
FLOW EQUALIZATION TANK
N. T.S.
EXISTING 35 GPM
EQUALIZATION
PUMPS (2)
CONCRETE SLAB 2" THREADED PVC
UNION (2 REQ'D)
2" SCH 80
PVC 90'
F
ITTING (TYP
`f} I
2" SCH 80
PVC 90•
FITTING (TYP) —
I
2" SCH 80 PVC FORCEMAINS TO ORENCO AX—MAX UNIT (ALL .�
EXPOSED PIPE TO BE WRAPPED WITH INSULATION AND HEAT TAPE)
2" SCH 80
O PVC TEE
O m FITTING (TYP)
X
m 2" SPEARS HEAVY
m ^? BODIED GATE VALVE
v 1 S. ��� r (2 REQ'D)
o�
m�
0
A
0M
e . O Z
�N
�o
Z0
(nA
cm
Z
D
O
O
Z D
D X
ZI
v3
D
= X
m1
D
� z
�>
r
~
�J
2"0 Inlet
3"0 Air
Inlet
r
CHEMICAL FEED TUBE
PERSTALTIC PUMP
MIXER MOTOR
V
ti
TO POWER
(WIRED BACK TO CONTROL PANEL)
36X36 MIXER BASIN FLOAT CHORD
(WIRED TO CONTROL PANEL)
ACCESS PORT
3. 00' Chemfeed
vessel to be
insultated to protect
against freezing)
AKALINITY FEED SYSTEM
CHECK VALVE
2' (2 REQ'D)
ON VERTICAL
1" SCH 80
PVC 90'
FITTING (TYP)
1" SCH 80
PVC 90'
FITTING (TYP)
Z D
Z r U)
U)m =
o
CONCRETE SLAB z>m0O
-a
D
Z CO D
vzz
=vx
D � n
m m
�0;a
�mZ
r
m
v
m
v
1" SCH 80 PVC ANOXIC RETURN LINE
(ALL ABOVE GROUND PIPE TO BE WRAPPED
IN INSULATION AND HEAT TAPE)
CONCRETE SLAB
1" SCH 80
PVC 90•
FITTING (TYP)
U
Z
v
3
�
Y
.. o
Z
V
z
W
\) L
�
N
d
Uj
a�
U
s
o
O
Jp
Q 00
U Cf)
y =:o0� N: Q
}
�Q
� as 00 Wm�
wa o ­0cn�o -
lJlu U ja
z z o 0
xc�
"W
W�Qpj�yZ�
U2 NCWoQ.g
V)
Z
o
V)
w
2 �
0
0
w
w
w
N Q
p
M
O
Z
Q
Z
J
O
X
a
CE
0
H o
Z
U
W
Q
O O
Z
0
A0
U
U Z
-, Z
PLO p��
U
A � �
O
a
H
Z
O
Z
Lv
p
LEI
COMMISSION NO.
P1501
DESIGNED BY
JJA
DRAWN BY
JJA
CHECKED BY
JJA
ISSUE DATE
6/22/22 ,
SHEET NO.
2
,OF 4 SHEETS,

01
NOTE:
THE DATA GIVEN ON THESE PLANS IS BELIEVED
TO BE ACCURATE, BUT THE ACCURACY IS NOT
GUARANTEED. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE
FOR VERIFYING ALL LEVELS, LOCATIONS, TYPES,
AND DIMENSIONS OF THE EXISTING UTILITIES
PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. IF A DISCREPANCY
IS FOUND, WORK SHALL CEASE AND THE ENGINEER
NOTIFIED. WORK MAY CONTINUE UPON ENGINEERS
NOTICE TO PROCEED.
o
0 0
Know what's below.
Call before you dig.
Z ^3
v1 > r c�
ONCE THE 2"
r x n
a a >
DISCHARGE PIPE
x
CLEARS THE EXISTING
Z0 m o
SLAB INSTALL THE
rA* _
0 A
PIPE UNDERGRAOUND
WITH 36" COVER.
x C:
Z
>0�=
�,z�
vm-0m
m o
�ooA
m O
� c
c
m
0
z o
2" MAGNETIC
MAG FLOW
METER
=h
2" SCH 80
PVC VAN
STONE FLANGE
FITTING (TYP)
W ai.-
O N x
Cr20
mZN
Via, Dx
AD
v
Z A 0
0 m
a
vA��
D0
0
x�580
0>
rn Z
22
10OX
0O
�vZ�
OZ
mm0
Om
�oz0,
m
N
�m
m O
3
G
c
Z
O
G
v z
rn
z o
N
O
O
0
EDGE OF EXISTING
CONCRETE SLAB
FUTURE UV UNITS
CONCRETE SLAB
BRASS HOSE 2"Xi" FLUSH STYLE SCH 80
SPIGOT FOR PVC REDUCER T.T. BUSHING
SAMPLING (MIPT X FIPT)
UV UNIT CONTROLS
4.17'
I
AREA TO BE FREE AND CLEAR
FOR BULB REMOVAL CLEANING
o 111 1
12.00'
I�
SANITRON HIGH CAPACITY UV SYSTEM
(2) SANITRON S2400C IN SERIES
2"Xi" FLUSH STYLE SCH 80
PVC REDUCER T.T. BUSHING
(MIPT X FIPT)
BRASS HOSE
2" SCH 80
SPIGOT FOR
PVC TEE (TYP)
SAMPLING
2" SCH 80
PVC 90'
FITTING (TYP)
SANITRON HIGH CAPACITY UV SYSTEM
2" SCH 80
(2) SANITRON S2400C IN SERIES
PVC 90•
FITTING (TYP)
SAMPLING PORT DETAIL
co < O N
m
�oQx
M Z N
;0 a
0 x
D O
_�
O D
Am
�0
0 Z
W r-
c W
v
Z
0
APPROXIMATE LIMITS OF EXISTING CONCRETE SLAB
s
* Discharge Pumps
CONCRETE SLAB
CONCRETE SLAB
CONCRETE SLAB
1"0 Line to
Pre —Anoxic
* Upflow Filter Pump
* Upflow Filter
Float Assembly
1"0 Chemfeed
Inlet with
Sweep Elbow
(Turned UP)
Chemfeed 3 ���
vessel to be
insultated to protect
against freezing)
CARBON FEED SYSTEM
.. .. .. ..
--------- �.-
AX-Max 175-42 (PHASE 3)
3 Stage Unit Plan View
N.T.S.
• • FILM
• • • • • • • e®. • • • •
U
2
v 3
� Y
Se
Se
� �zw
CIO L N
oc
r
o
s
w
�P • •„ � z
J 0 �' a
Q ; Q 00 z' U
U0 LLJ
C co
N
Gj%�e.`',' U ON.,,o
ta cL , U 0 u
Q 3
_ �
Na O�dv,�0 I-
J
CONCR= ��N�Z Ijrxax��=
lJlu i�Lq W�a WoitU
2 Z O O
=TU 1'W�GZ�p'aU
"W WULQpjOyZ�
U2 8QCWoaCc
z
Q�Q�a WS
,; r.wwwrr wwr =1
. ..............
........... ::: x-x.:- -
.........
. .... .........
.........
.........
.........
.........
. ...........
.........
a°
} --
::♦
•1
I
.1
-------------------
------------------- ....................................... --------
% . ............................... ... ............ ........... ... .........
':
■"
....................................
.. ............................ .....
■
}:♦
Ir,
1
'i• it ::
C_ r
_I _I
11 -I
T,
I
�1
JA
I............. ......... ....
AX-Max 175-42 (PHASE 2)
3 Stage Unit Plan View
N.T.S.
42.00'
o
Sweep Elbow
(Turned UP)
(IC RETURN LINE
PIPE TO BE WRAPPED
IEAT TAPE)
AX-Max 175-42
3 Stage Unit Planview
N. T.S.
CONCRETE SLAB
N
ti
Z
a O
Ln
O
z w
0
ti
W
0
w
a
0
w
a
�a
N Q
n Q
M
0
Z
Q
Z
J
O
Q
U
H O
Z
U
W
�' w
Ir--1
0 0
Z
A0
U
U Z
Q
�0
0
0"
0
Z
O
1--
Z
LEI
0
LEI
CHEMICAL
'COMMISSION NO.
P1501
PERST
DESIGNED BY
JJA
Mi
DRAWN BY
JJA
CHECKED BY
36X36 1�.
JJA
ISSUE DATE
A`
,
6/22/22 ,
SHEET NO.
3
DRAWING FILE: AX—MAX UNIT.DWG
PLOT SCALE: 1"=20' 'OF 4 SHEETS,

3" Enclosure Vent _ 1"0 Electrical
Condulet (typ.)
2" Filtered Air Outlet
Vent Fan
Assembly X e
X
0 60" Baffle
* Recirc. Floats
L 1
Wall
2"O�Discharge
45' Baffle
we
Wall
SECURE PIPE TO SLAB AND
50"
INSULATE WITH PIPE INSULATION
AND HEAT TAPE AS NECESSARY
2" SCH 80
PVC PIPE
�* Recirc.
Pumps
AX—Max
050
5-0
60"
Full Height
Baffle Wall
* Mixing
Pump
* Recirc. Floats
Full Height
Baffle Wall
�XXX
1"0 Carbon
Feed Inlet
Distribution Spin
Nozzle (typ.)
— 3"0 Vent
6"0 Recirc.
Transfer Line
Full Height
Baffle Wall
1"0 Alkalinity * Recirc. Pumps
Feed Inlet
SECTION VIEW
Distribution
Spin Nozzles (typ.)
� � 1
PROPOSED
UV
EQUIPMENT
BUILDING
2" SCH 80 2" SCH 80
2" SCH 80 PVC 90' PVC 90'
2" MAGNETIC
PVC 90' FITTING (TYP) FITTING (TYP)
(MAG) FLOW FITTING (TYP 2" SCH 80
2" SCH 80 METER PVC PIPE
PVC VAN
STONE FLANGE p
FITTING (TYP)
2" SCH 80 2" SCH 80 0
PVC PIPE PVC PIPE
r IIUI III V Y I�
SANITRON HIGH CAPACITY UV SYSTEM
SECURE PIPE TO SLAB AND (2) SANITRON S2400C IN SERIES
INSULATE WITH PIPE INSULATION
AND HEAT TAPE AS NECESSARY
SECTION VIEW
2" SCH 80
PVC PIPE
2" SCH 80
PVC 90'
FITTING (TYP)
1
•_ 2" SCH 80
�{ PVC PIPE
91"
Typical Filter
Catwalk
END SECTION VIEW
60" Baffle Wall
6"0 Recirc.
Transfer Line
(2) 1"0 Chemical
Feed Lines
A
NOTE:
THE DATA GIVEN ON THESE PLANS IS BELIEVED
TO BE ACCURATE, BUT THE ACCURACY IS NOT
GUARANTEED. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE
FOR VERIFYING ALL LEVELS, LOCATIONS, TYPES,
AND DIMENSIONS OF THE EXISTING UTILITIES
PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. IF A DISCREPANCY
IS FOUND, WORK SHALL CEASE AND THE ENGINEER
NOTIFIED. WORK MAY CONTINUE UPON ENGINEERS
NOTICE TO PROCEED.
3"0 Air
Inlet
'I
24"
SECURE PIPE TO SLAB AND
INSULATE WITH PIPE INSULATION
AND HEAT TAPE AS NECESSARY
T .
2"0 Inlet
-� 2" SCH 80
PVC 90'
FITTING (TYP)
3"0 Vent
50"
2" SCH 80
PVC 90'
FITTING (TYP)
♦� 2" SCH 80 2" SCH 80
r PVC PIPE PVC PIPE
* Discharge Floats
2"0 Discharge
1.25"0 Return
Line to Pre —anoxic
� — o
Know what's below.
Call before you dig.
EX.
FLOW
EQUALIZATION
TANK
2 FEQ PUMPS
SECTION VIEW
X�XX�l1l�i
* Discharge
Pumps
END SECTION VIEW
45' Baffle
wall
6"0 Recirc.
Transfer Line
U
2
v
3
� Y
Z 2 V
z W
z�
N
�Q,
d
Uj
U
o
dam; Q
JO
' Q ; Q 00 z'
U
U ; � N
Ct
o: Q 3
as a m�
wa-
lJlu �WW�2V Ua
ILI 2 Z O O
=TU 2Z7p'aU
"W
W�Qpj�yZ�
O� W�
U2 �QCWoIx
W
N Q
0
M
0
z
Q
Z
J
O
*� X
Vi Q
CE
H O
Z
U
W
w
Z
0
M-r A x
E., Z
A0
U
Q
PLO 0
S
A 1;0)
0
a
Z
0
Z
w
0
W
COMMISSION NO.
P1501
DESIGNED BY
JJA
DRAWN BY
JJA
CHECKED BY
JJA
ISSUE DATE
6/22/22 ,
SHEET NO.
C!
DRAWING FILE: AX-MAX UNIT.DWG
PLOT SCALE: 1"=20' 'OF 4 SHEETS,

3 "O Air
Inlet
J0'
2 "O Inlet
91"60"
r 4„
Distribution
Spin Nozzles
;renca
S Y S T E M S
91"
]� 42'
— L Distribution f 1.25W Return Line
Spin Nozzles (typ) to Pre -anoxic
*Anoxic Pump
* Denite Pump.
Distribution Spin
Nozzle (typ)
n n
TypicalFilter
IuMedia ISelctiolnii I ul X
3"ORecirc. X 60 "Baffle
AX-Max Return Vl e Wall
150
38"
Catwalk —
Assembly \
AdvanTex
Media (typ)
3 "O Recirc.
Return Valve
T 1
38" T
1 22"
10" 110"
Section B-B
Scale: 1"= 4'-0"
© Orenco Systems, Inc.
Portions or all of this Proposed System Configuration Drawing,
as appropriate, may be reproduced and integrated into the
site -specific layout and configuration of a system by its designer.
22"
* Recirc. Floats
Full Height
3 "O Yent7 Baffle Wall
n1 n
Baffle
Wall -
2 "O Inlet
Denite
, Tank 78c,
—
6"O Recirc.
Transfer Line
Full Height
Baffle Wall
* Recirc. Pumps
Section A -A
Scale: 1'= 4'-0"
60" Baffle Wall
6"O Recirc.
Transfer Line
(2) 1 "O Chemical
Feed Lines
24"
6'J '1 "O Carbon * Mixi
Feed Inlet Pump
1 "OAlkalinity
Feed Inlet
3"O Vent
* Discharge FloatsJ.
2"O Discharge
1.25 "O Return � 10"
Line to Pre -anoxic T
Disclaimer: This Proposed System Configuration Drawing is provided solely as a design aid and
illustrates one possible configuration of a system that would comply with Orenco's design criteria for the
P 9 Y PY 9
requirements and/or specifications that have been communicated to orenco (based on third -party standards
testing protocols and performance reports, as applicable). Design decisions, including the actual layout and
configuration of the system and its viability for the project, are at the sole discretion of the systems's designer.
1 "O Electrical
Condulet (typ)
n �
.......... I X
a X
60 Wall X ®© X
AX-Max X
45 Baffle�X
050 Wall X
60" IX X am
X I 50"
X
x
x
x
Full Height * Recirc.
Baffle Wall Pumps
45' Baffle
Wall
6"O Recirc.
46„ ] Transfer Line
r— 4" r rrT 22"
Section C-C �* Discharge
Scale: 1'= 4'-0" Pumps
UNC Riversound Subdivision
AdvanTex AX-Max Treatment
System Details
* Float Functions & Pump Index
A High Level Alarm /Lag Enable
B Override Timer
C Pump ON
D Pump OFF
E Redundant Off/Low Level Alarm
Recirc. Discharge
MF3P MF4P
A
B ice„= lIC U
60" E
F
56"
32" 40"
Recirculation Pumps: PF751512
Denite Pumps: PF200512
Anoxic Pump: PF200512
Mixing Pump: PF500712
Discharge Pumps: PF200512
3" Enclosure Vent
2"Filtered Air Outlet
Vent Fan
Assembly
* Recirc. Floats
— 2 "O Discharge
Customer Approval
Signature: Date:
Customer Name:
By this signature, Customer indicates that they have reviewed this Proposed System Configuration
Drawing and found that it meets all of the designer's functional requirements and/or specifications.
Drawn By: BAS Scale: 1" = 4'-0"
Reviewed By: FF / CG Sheet: / OF
File Name: DR5043. DWG Rev: 7, 0 I Date: ll/30/2022

0 Orenco®
C O N T R D L 5
A DIvisivn of arGnC0 Systems! 1nC.
We speak the language of controls.
Orenco Controls Specification
Date: 01 /20/2022
To:
Ethan Barry
Company:
AQWA Inc.
Phone #:
[phone]
E-Mail:
ethan(@agwa.net
From: Seth Keller
Project: Riversound
Please read this specification thoroughly to ensure accuracy.
Before ordering, it is the responsibility of the customer to review this specification document and contact
Orenco if any changes are desired. Otherwise, the panel will be built as specified in this document. Valid for
60 days.
Reference #: 102822SK2.2
Panel Model: TCOM-S/DAX/DAX/S/DAX/DAX2 PT/PTRO/RO/PT/PTRO/RO CS XF (2)uv (2)fm Cell
Quantity: 1
Lead Time: 4-6 Weeks
NOTE: Due to supply chain issues and labor shortages, extended lead times may be necessary.
NOTE: For proper operation this custom TCOM control panels require a network connection
configured to allow outside access through a public facing static IP address. This panel includes a
cell modem to provide that network service. The cell modem requires a wireless service agreement
which is available for a flat fee of $101month for typical usage of 25 MBlmonth.
NOTE: Panel to have both Alarm Logs & User Alarm Logs.
NOTE: 115VAC with neutral feed must be available at site for controls.
Panel Amps:
240V 10 = 91
120V10=7
Page 1 of 4
814 Airway Avenue, Sutherfin, Oregon 97479 1 t: [phone] t: (877)-556-7517 f: [phone] w: orencocontrols.com

r
Orenco l We speak the language of controls.
C C N T R C L 5 j
A Division otorenco Systems', Inc.
Basic Panel Operation:
Anoxic Return - Controls the pump (1), PF200512, 240V 10, 1/2Hp (6.5Amps), in a simplexing time dosed
mode. Timer settings can be adjusted manually or can use the following program. At the top of every hour,
the panel program queries the amount of gallons in the previous 60 minutes that the Influent Flow Meter
recorded. The panel logic takes this value (Pd) and divides by GPM to get Gallons, then is multiplied by
the Fm,lt value that is input into the controls. The panel then runs the pump for the amount of time from
the solution of Gallons x FMult.
Float Operation
• Stage 1 Recirc RO for activation
Stage 1 Recirc — Controls the pumps (2), PF751512, 240 10, 1 1/2Hp (12.3Amps Each), in a duplex
alternating, time dosed mode.
Float Operation
• High Level Alarm/Lag Pump Enabled
• Override Timer On/Off
• Redundant Off/Low Level Alarm (*Timer Active)
Stage 1 Discharge — Controls the pumps (2), PF200512, 240 10, 1/2Hp (6.5Amps Each), in a duplex
alternating, on demand mode.
Float Operation
• High Level Alarm/Lag Pump Enabled
• Lead Pump On
• Pump(s) Off
• Redundant Off/Low Level Alarm
Denite Mixing Pump — Controls the pump (1), PF500712, 240 10, 3/4Hp (8.5Amps), in a simplexing, time
dosed mode. Always On/Off/Cycling.
Polish Recirc— Controls the pumps (2), PF751512, 240 10, 1 1/2Hp (12.3Amps Each), in a duplex
alternating, time dosed mode.
Float Operation
• High Level Alarm/Lag Pump Enabled
• Override Timer On/Off
• Redundant Off/Low Level Alarm (*Timer Active)
Page 2 of 4
814AirwayAvenue. Sutherlin, Oregon 97479 1 t: [phone] t: (877)-556-7517 f: [phone] w: orencocontrols.com

r
Orenco l We speak the language of controls.
C C N T R C L 5 j
A Division otorenco Systems', Inc.
Discharge Chambers — Controls the pumps (2), PF200512, 240 10, 3/4Hp (6.5Amps Each), in a duplex
alternating, on demand mode.
Float Operation
• High Level Alarm/Lag Pump Enabled
• Lead Pump On
• Pump(s) Off
• Redundant Off/Low Level Alarm
System Also:
• (1) AX Fan, On/Off (120VAC, 1.4Amps), Enable/Disable Point.
• (1) AX Fan Fault Input (Logs Data, Alert Notification)
• (1) 0-5VDC Thermistor Input (Logs Data, High & Low Alarm Set Points, Controls AX Fan)
• (2) AX UV Fault Inputs, Invertible (Logs Data, Independent Alert Notification)
• (1) Pulse Influent Flow Meter Input (Logs Data, Used for Auto Timers)
• (1) Pulse Effluent Flow Meter Input (Logs Data)
• (10) 0-5VDC Pump Current Transducer Inputs (Logs Data, Independent High & Low Alarm Set
Point)
Components Include:
• UL Type 4X, Fiberglass, Wall Mount Enclosure (41 "x33"xl4").
• Enclosure Heaters (Fused)
• Engraved Labels
• OSI ATRTU-TCOM Telemetry Controller with onboard modem, Internal Elapsed Time Meters &
Cycle Counters for each pump; internal Datalogger, Alphanumeric Pager (NOTE: Requires a
dedicated phone line or network connection.)
• Industrial 4G Cellular Router
• Omni Directional LTE/4G Cell Antenna Kit (Shipped Loose)
• Phone Surge Arrestor
• Controls Surge Arrestor
• 24VDC Power Supplies
• 10A, 1-Pole Controls Circuit Breaker
• 10A, 1-Pole AX Fan Circuit Breaker
• 20A, 2-Pole Pump Circuit Breakers
• 3-Pole Motor Contactor for Each 2401120VAC 10 Pump, AX Fan (18 FLA Max)
• Numbered MOV Input Terminal Blocks as Required
• Numbered Terminal Blocks as Required
Page 3 of 4
814Airwaykenue. Sutherlin, Oregon 97479 1 t: [phone] t: (877)-556-7517 f: [phone] w: orencocontrols.com

0 Orenco l We speak the language of controls.
C C N T R C L 5 j
A Division otorenco Systems', Inc.
• Control Relays as Required
• Kele Type III Thermistor, 50' Cord, 6" Probe, Non -Submersible (Shipped Loose)
• Hand -Off -Auto Switch for Each Pump, AX Fan (Internal)
• LOGO Unit for Pulse Flow Meter Inputs
• Current Transducer for Each Pump
• Current Sensor for AX Fan
• 2" Flashing General Alarm Beacon (Red Lens) (Mounted on Top of Enclosure)
• General Alarm Light (Red Lens) (External)
• Audible Alarm with Push To Silence Switch (95db @ 2 Feet)
• Listed: UL508A
Page 4 of 4
814AirwayAvenue, Sutherlin, Oregon 97479 1 t: [phone] t: (877)-556-7517 f: [phone] w: orencocontrols.com

Orenco Systems'Terms and Conditions
1.Offer and Acceptance
This document (the "Terms and Conditions") contains all of the terms and
conditions of purchasing merchandise offered for sale by Orenco Systems,
Inc. ('Orenco'). Unless a separate written agreement has been previously
executed by duly authorized representatives of both Orenco and Purchaser
that explicitly supersedes these Terms and Conditions (a "Prior Written
Agreement"), Orenco's offer of sale is expressly limited to, and expressly
made conditional on, the exclusive use of the terms and conditions herein.
Absent such a Prior Written Agreement, Purchaser's order of merchandise
constitutes an acceptance of Orenco's offer to sell under these Temps and
Conditions, regardless of Purchaser's order form or other documentation
associated with the order that stipulates different or additional terms or
conditions. Orenco deems any such different or additional terms as
material alterations to these Terms and Conditions, and hereby objects to
and rejects them.
Upon receipt of an order for merchandise from Purchaser, Orenco will send
Purchaser an Order Confirmation, which reiterates these Terms and
Conditions, to verify the accuracy of the order before releasing it for
manufacturing. Failure to expressly object in a written instrument,
independent of its order form or other documentation associated with the
order, prior to Orenco's release of ordered merchandise for manufacturing,
will conclusively evidence Purchaser's acceptance of these Terms and
Conditions as exclusively goveming the purchase of said merchandise,
except when a conflicting provision of a Prior Written Agreement controls.
Once Orenco releases an order for manufacturing, Purchaser shall pay a
Change Fee to Orenco if Purchaser changes or cancels the order, or any
part thereof, prior to delivery. Orenco, in good faith, will determine the fee
in an amount approximating the costs it actually expends on the changed
or cancelled order, not to exceed the full price of the merchandise.
2. Custom Products
Merchandise not listed in Orenco's catalogs or standard price lists, or that
must be custom built to the specifications of Purchaser or its technical
representative, will be considered "Custom Products" within this
document. Custom Products do not include standard merchandise that
requires minor modifications, such as being cut to a specified length.
Unless a Prior Written Agreement controls, if Purchaser orders a Custom
Product, and Orenco agrees to manufacture and/or sell it: (a) these Terms
and Conditions will exclusively govem the purchase; (b) Purchaser will
defend Orenco at its cost and expense, and will indemnify and hold Orenco
harmless from and against any United States or foreign patent infringement
suit related to the Custom Product brought upon Orenco by third parties;
and (c) Purchaser will defend Orenco at its cost and expense, indemnify
and hold Orenco harmless, and assume all responsibility for ensuring: (i)
the components it provides Orenco for use in the Custom Product meet
Purchaser and/or its technical representative's functional requirements
and/or specifications; (ii) the compatibility of the Custom Product for its
intended use; and (iii) the adequacy of the engineering, design or
specifications famished by Purchaser and/or its technical representative to
Orenco.
Prior to releasing an order for a Custom Product for manufacturing, Orenco
will submit its drawings, schematics, and/or other documentation of the
critical elements of the Custom Product to Purchaser or its technical
representative for review, to ensure that it will be manufactured to meet its
functional requirements and/or specifications. Orenco will only release the
order for the Custom Product for manufacturing once it has received
confirmation that Purchaser or its technical representative has reviewed
and approved any such submittal documents.
I Manufacturing Cost Surcharge
Orenco reserves the right to assess a Manufacturing Cost Surcharge at any
time after accepting and confirming an order, but prior to shipping, to
reflect any unanticipated increase in Orenco's manufacturing cost during
the period between order confirmation and shipping, including, but not
limited to, increases in materials, labor, energy, or freight costs. Orenco
warrants that it will avoid such increased manufacturing costs to the extent
reasonably possible. Orenco will provide the Purchaser with notice of any
such Manufacturing Cost Surcharge as early as reasonably possible prior
to shipping, and in no case less than 30 days before the surcharge attaches
to the order. Orenco will provide Purchaser with a statement explaining the
basis and need for the Manufacturing Cost Surcharge and presenting facts
justifying the surcharge.
4. Delivery
Orenco agrees to deliver all merchandise ordered by Purchaser for shipping
by the ship date specified on the Order Confirmation, unless Orenco
notifies Purchaser prior to the ship date, and as soon as reasonably possible,
of any delays that were not reasonably foreseeable earlier.
In the event Purchaser requests expedited delivery of merchandise, and
Orenco agrees to the request, Purchaser shall pay an Expedite Fee to
Orenco in an amount agreed upon between the parties, relative to the price
of the merchandise and the difficulty in meeting the expedited delivery
schedule, but not less than $50.00.
Merchandise will be delivered FOB Shipping Point (Origin), and
Purchaser will assume the risk of loss for the merchandise, when
Purchaser, a carrier arranged by Purchaser, or a carrier Orenco arranged on
behalf of Purchaser takes possession and/or control of the merchandise to
load it for shipping or to transport it from Orenco's facilities, whichever is
sooner.
5. Shipping
Purchaser is responsible for shipping its merchandise from Orenco's
facilities. Purchaser may transport the merchandise itself, arrange for
transportation of the merchandise with carriers of its choosing, or have
Orenco arrange transportation of the merchandise on its behalf. If
Purchaser fails to clearly identify which Party it chooses to make the
arrangements on an order, Orenco will arrange the transportation of the
merchandise associated with the order by selecting the method, carrier, and
routing of the shipment directly or through a broker on behalf of the
Purchaser.
Purchaser will be responsible for all costs associated with transporting the
merchandise from Orenco's facilities, including all freight and insurance
costs, as follows:
(a) Will -Call; Collect. If Purchaser arranges transportation with a third -
party carrier, Purchaser will arrange to pay the third party for the service
directly. Purchaser shall pay a Storage Fee to Orenco if Purchaser or a
carrier it arranges fails to take delivery of the merchandise on or within
5 business days of the ship date. Orenco, in good faith, will determine
the fee in an amount relative to the price and physical size of the
merchandise, the length of time between the ship date and when
Purchaser or its carrier takes delivery, and the risk for damages.
(b)Prepaid and Add. If Purchaser has Orenco arrange transportation of
the merchandise on its behalf, Orenco will pay the third party for the
service directly or through a broker. Purchaser agrees to pay Orenco for
both Shipping and Handling, as itemized on a quotation, Order
Confirmation, or invoice, as follows: (i) "Shipping" consists of
reimbursement of all actual freight and insurance costs paid by Orenco,
including all accessonal charges from the carrier for items such as
residential or construction site deliveries, unloading delays, or use of lift
gates, as well as any other fees, duties, tariffs, or taxes that may be
applied on the merchandise by third parties after they are delivered,
including storage fees and import, export, and transportation fees,
duties, tariffs, and taxes. (ii) "Handling" consists of a fee for arranging
transportation in an amount equal to 5% of the Shipping costs paid by
Orenco.
In instances where Orenco arranges for the transportation of merchandise
on Purchaser's behalf, Orenco will promptly notify Purchaser of any
information it receives from its broker or a carrier indicating a delay in the
scheduled arrival of the transport at the agreed -upon destination, and
Purchaser agrees to ensure that the equipment necessary to unload the
merchandise is present at the carrier's destination at the time of the
CLD-TC-1
Rev. 6 07/05122
© Orenco Systemsf Inc.

scheduled arrival. Unless Orenco fails to notify Purchaser of a delay in the
scheduled delivery of the merchandise for shipping or withholds
information it receives regarding a delayed arrival at the destination,
Purchaser will hold Orenco harmless from and against any and all charges,
costs, and other consequential damages caused by a delay in the arrival of
the merchandise at the agreed -upon destination at the scheduled time.
6. Taxes
Purchaser will be responsible for the payment of all federal, state,
provincial, county, local, or government taxes, including but not limited to,
sales tax, use tax, value-added tax, goods and services tax, or other excise
tax that may be applied on the merchandise ("Taxes"), and will indemnify
and hold Orenco harmless from those Taxes. Orenco will be responsible
for any tax based solely upon its net income. Purchaser may supply Orenco
with a valid Resale Certificate or other form certifying an exemption from
the payment of Taxes from the taxing authority having proper jurisdiction
over the sale.
7. Payment Terms
Purchaser agrees to promptly pay Orenco for merchandise, and any
Change Fees, Expedite Fees, Storage Fees, Taxes, Shipping, Handling, or
other costs associated with the merchandise, in accordance with the terms
below:
(a) Prepayment. Purchaser may pay Orenco prior to delivery for
merchandise, Change Fees, Expedite Fees, Taxes, estimated Shipping
and Handling, and other costs associated with the order. However,
Purchaser must prepay in the following circumstances: (i) If Purchaser
does not have a credit account with Orenco, Purchaser must pay 100%
of the full price of the merchandise, plus Change Fees, Expedite Fees,
estimated Shipping and Handling, and other associated costs, before
Orenco will release an order for manufacturing. (ii) If Purchaser does
not have available credit remaining on its account with Orenco, it must
pay all amounts in excess of its available credit, up to 100% of the full
price of the merchandise, Change Fees, Expedite Fees, Taxes, estimated
Shipping and Handling, and other associated costs, before Orenco will
release an order for manufacturing.
(b) On Account. If Purchaser has been approved for a discretionary credit
account with Orenco, has available credit on its account, and has not
prepaid in full, Orenco will invoice Purchaser for amounts owed for
delivered merchandise, Change Fees, Expedite Fees, Storage Fees,
Taxes, Shipping, Handling, and other associated costs. Unless
otherwise agreed upon by the Parties in writing for a particular order,
Purchaser must pay each invoice in full within 30 days from the date of
the invoice ("Net 30' ). If Purchaser fails to pay an invoice in full within
the term of the invoice: (i) the delinquent amount will bear a finance
charge of 1.5% per month, accruing daily from the day after it is due;
(ii) Purchaser must pay all of Orenco's reasonable collection expenses
incurred in collecting delinquent invoices or finance charges; (iii)
Purchaser must pay all of Orenco's investigation and litigation costs
incurred before, during, or after trial or appeal, including reasonable
attorneys' fees, if Orenco must institute a suit, action, or proceeding to
collect delinquent invoices, finance charges, or collection costs; and (iv)
Orenco may refuse to honor any subsequent order from Purchaser until
all delinquent invoices, finance charges, and collection costs are paid in
full.
& Return of Merchandise
Purchaser may not return merchandise without the prior approval of
Orenco. Merchandise approved for return must be securely packed to reach
Orenco without damage. Except when covered by a Limited Warranty,
merchandise accepted for return is subject to a Restocking Fee and all
transportation charges. Orenco, in good faith, will determine the amount
that will be credited or refunded to Purchaser for the returned merchandise
by subtracting the Restocking Fee and any transportation charges paid by
Orenco from the purchase price of the merchandise.
9. Limited Warranty
Subject to the exclusions, limitations, and conditions contained herein,
Orenco wan -ants to Purchaser and subsequent owners, for a period of one
year after delivery, that all merchandise will be free from defects in
materials and workmanship that cause the merchandise to lose structural
integrity, or to electrically or mechanically operate improperly. Neither
merchandise consumed in the regular course of use, damage caused by
abuse, misuse, accident, negligence, or catastrophic event beyond the
control of Oren, nor the loss of structural integrity or improper electrical
or mechanical operation that results from a failure to follow any
installation, operation, or maintenance instructions provided by Orenco,
constitute a defect in the merchandise. If a separate written warranty
instrument exists between Orenco or another manufacturer and Purchaser,
the terms and conditions of said instrument control.
Exclusive Remedy. The exclusive remedy under this Limited Warranty
will be the obligation of Orenco to repair or exchange, at its discretion, any
defective merchandise. Defects in materials or workmanship will be
determined in good faith upon inspection by Orenco. When practicable,
Purchaser should return merchandise for inspection. Labor is not covered
under this Limited Warranty.
In the event Orenco determines that merchandise is defective in materials
or workmanship and covered by this Limited Warranty, Orenco will credit
or reimburse Purchaser for all reasonable transportation charges incurred
in returning the merchandise, if applicable, and will be responsible for all
charges to transport repaired or exchanged merchandise to Purchaser. The
warranty period for such repaired or exchanged merchandise will continue
to toll from the delivery date of the original purchase. hi the event Orenco
determines that merchandise is not defective in materials or workmanship,
or is not covered by this Limited Warranty, Orenco will charge Purchaser
for all inspection costs incurred by Orenco, including reasonable travel
costs, testing fees, and all reasonable transportation charges required to
return the merchandise to the purchaser, as applicable.
IN EXCHANGE FOR THIS WARRANTY COVERAGE, PURCHASER
AGREES THAT ORENCO WILL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY LOSS,
INJURY, OR DAMAGES TO PERSONS OR PROPERTY RESULTING
FROM FAILURE OF, OR ANY DEFECT IN, THE MERCHANDISE. NOR
WILL ORENCO BE LIABLE FOR ANY INCIDENTAL,
CONSEQUENTIAL, SPECIAL, OR INDIRECT DAMAGES OF ANY
HIND. IN NO EVENT MAY THE LIABILITY OF ORENCO UNDER THIS
LIMITED WARRANTY EXCEED THE INVOICED PRICE OF THE
MERCHANDISE.
Disclaimer. EXCEPT AS SPECIFIED IN THIS LIMITED WARRANTY,
ALL EXPRESS OR IMPLIED CONDITIONS, REPRESENTATIONS, AND
WARRANTIES INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY IMPLIED
WARRANTY OR CONDITION OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, SATISFACTORY QUALITY,
ACCURACY OF INFORMATIONAL CONTENT, OR THOSE ARISING
FROM A COURSE OF DEALINGS, LAW, USAGE, OR TRADE
PRACTICE, MAY ONLY BE CLAIMED DURING THE WARRANTY
PERIOD, AND THEREAFTER ARE HEREBY EXPRESSLY
DISCLAIMED AND EXCLUDED TO THE EXTENT ALLOWED BY
LAW.
10. Waiver
The failure of either Party on any occasion to exercise any right granted
hereunder will not operate as a waiver of the right as to subsequent
occasions and will not act to modify these Terms and Conditions.
11. Force Majeure
Orenco will not be deemed to have defaulted or failed to perform
under these Terms and Conditions if its inability to perform or
default has been caused by an event or events beyond its reasonable
control and without its fault or negligence, including, without
limitation, acts of God, government, or public enemy; pandemic or
other governmentally recognized public health crisis; vandalism,
fire, flood, labor disputes, civil riots or commotions; or embargoes
or the inability to procure necessary raw materials, supplies or
equipment or to procure them at commercially reasonable prices.
Orenco must give Purchaser prompt written notice, with full details,
following the occurrence relied upon. Dates by which performance
CLD-TC-1
Rev. 6 07/05122
© Orenco Systemsf Inc.

obligations are scheduled will be extended for a period of time equal
to the time lost because of the event.
12. Governing Law
The laws of the State of Oregon will govern these Terms and Conditions,
together with all rights, obligations, and disputes arising out of or related
thereto. The Parties hereby expressly disclaim any and all rights,
obligations, or procedural or jurisdictional requirements granted or
imposed by the United Nations Convention on Contracts for the
International Sale of Goods ("CISU). Any dispute or legal action arising
out of or relating to these Terms and Conditions must be brought in and
decided by State Courts of Oregon. In any such dispute or action, Purchaser
consents to the jurisdiction and venue of the Circuit Court of the State of
Oregon for Douglas County.
CLD-TC-1
Rev. 6 07/05122
© Orenco Systems® Inc.

LIM ITED WARRANTY
Commitment to Quality
For over 30 years, Orenco® Controls (a division of
Orenco Systems®, Incorporated — "Orenco") has been
known as a company that designs, manufactures,
and sells high -quality standard and custom electrical
control panels. We provide custom solutions for every
application —from simple alarm panels with a single
custom component to highly sophisticated panels
that are totally customized with programmable logic,
variable frequency drives, reduce voltage starters, or
remote telemetry. Our assembly facility is equipped
to build virtually any electrical control panel to your
specifications, whether you need one unit or thou-
sands.
Limited Warranty Coverage
Subject to the exclusions, limitations, and conditions
contained herein, Orenco warrants that all of its stan-
dard and custom electrical control panels, which are
not covered by a separate written warranty, will be
free from defects in materials and workmanship for a
period of three years after the panel has been deliv-
ered to the end -user (the "Warranty Period"), except
as follows:
(a) The Warranty Period for Variable Frequency
Drive (VFD) components in an electrical control
panel shall be one year from the date of the
component's manufacture.
(b) The Warranty Period for Reduced Voltage Soft
Start (RVSS) components in an electrical con-
trol panel shall be one year from the date of the
component's manufacture.
Exclusions
The following components in an electrical control
panel are not covered by this Limited Warranty,
though any warranties offered by the components'
manufacturer may still apply:
(a) Customer -supplied components, or
(b) Customer -specified components that are not
approved by Orenco.
Obtaining Warranty Service
To make a claim under this Limited Warranty contact
your Orenco Dealer, Supplier, or Distributor ("Oren-
co's Representative"), who will process your claim.
Please provide them with the control panel's unique
UL® Number, typically located on the inside of the en-
closure door, to aid in processing the claim.
If for some reason Orenco's Representative is un-
available, or if you purchased the product directly
�sy
from Orenco, contact Orenco by phone [phone]
or+1-541-459-4449) or by e-mail (electricalreturns@
orenco.com) to make your claim.
Warranty claims must be made no later than the expi-
ration of the Warranty Period listed above.
If requested by Orenco, potentially defective products
must be returned to Orenco's Sutherlin, Oregon fa-
cility through Orenco's Representative, if applicable,
transportation prepaid.
Exclusive Remedy
The exclusive remedy for any claim under this Limited
Warranty shall be the obligation of Orenco to repair
or replace, at its discretion, any defective products.
Labor is not covered under this Limited Warranty. De-
fects in materials or workmanship will be determined
in good faith by Orenco upon receipt and inspection
of a returned product. Products shall not be deemed
to be defective if the failure, malfunction, or damage
was caused by, or resulted from:
(a) the product not being installed, operated, or
maintained in accordance with any applicable
instructions provided;
(b) abuse, misuse, accident, or negligence;
(c) a lightning strike or other catastrophic event
beyond the control of Orenco; or
(d) modification of the product.
In the event Orenco determines that a returned prod-
uct is defective in materials or workmanship and is
covered by this Limited Warranty, Orenco will credit
or reimburse you for all reasonable transportation
charges incurred in returning the product, and will be
responsible for all transportation charges to return
the repaired or replacement product to you. Such re-
paired or replacement product shall continue to be
warranted under the Limited Warranty of the origi-
nal purchase. In the event Orenco determines that
a returned product is not defective in materials or
workmanship, or is not covered by this Limited War-
ranty, Orenco may charge you a testing fee and all
reasonable transportation charges required to return
the product to you.
ORENCO SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY LOSS, INJURY,
OR DAMAGES TO PERSONS OR PROPERTY RESULTING FROM
FAILURE OF, OR ANY DEFECT IN, THE PRODUCT, OR FOR ANY
TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE OR INFORMATION THAT ORENCO
MAY HAVE PROVIDED TO YOU. NOR SHALL ORENCO BE
LIABLE FOR ANY INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, SPECIAL,
OR INDIRECT DAMAGES OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING, BUT
NOT LIMITED TO, LOSS OF PROFITS, PLANT DOWNTIME,
FINES OR PENALTIES, OR LAWSUITS BY THIRD PARTIES. IN
NO EVENT SHALL THE LIABILITY OF ORENCO UNDER THIS
LIMITED WARRANTY EXCEED THE TOTAL INVOICED PRICE,
EXCLUDING INSTALLATION AND/OR STARTUP COSTS, OF THE
PRODUCT.
Disclaimer
EXCEPT AS SPECIFIED IN THIS LIMITED WARRANTY, ALL
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED CONDITIONS, REPRESENTATIONS,
AND WARRANTIES INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY
IMPLIED WARRANTY OR CONDITION OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, SATISFACTORY QUAL-
ITY, ACCURACY OF INFORMATIONAL CONTENT, OR THOSE
ARISING FROM A COURSE OF DEALINGS, LAW, USAGE, OR
TRADE PRACTICE, ARE HEREBY EXCLUDED TO THE EXTENT
ALLOWED BY APPLICABLE LAW, AND ARE EXPRESSLY DIS-
CLAIMED BY ORENCO.

CLASSIC SERIES
SINGLE HEAD ADJUSTABLE SPECIFICATIONS
METERING PUMP METERING PUMP
LR19585 U IPX4 1 LISTED '` � � ® C C
G
96FO v ILIS
ON
Intertek
THIS PUMP IS TESTED AND
CERTIFIED BY WOA ACCORDING TO
94247
NSF/ANSI 61 FOR CONTACT WITH
AND
CONFORMSTO
a � WATER ONLY ANDLORITE NSF/ANSI 372.
ANSI/NSF STD. 50
C USA
Equipment for swimming pools,
spas, hot tuhs and other
recreational water facilities.
Listings vary by model
� II
— " 10.6-- o
0 0
0 0
.O 0
� ��
Shipping Weight 9 Ibs (3.9 kg)
FEATURES
Manually adjustable flow rate output
Self -priming, does not lose prime or vapor lock
Pumps off -gassing solutions and can run dry
3-point roller design assists with anti -siphon
Tube replacement without tools
Output reproducibility
Tube lubrication not required
Foot valve not required to prime
Output volume not affected by back pressure
Tubes and pump heads interchangeable between models
Installation accessories included
6.0"
This information is not intended for specific application purposes. Stenner Pump Company reserves the right to make changes to prices, products, and specifications at any time without prior notice. FSPECCSHA 081221
ST E N N E R PUMP COMPANY Jacksonville, Florida USA www.stenner.com 0 Stenner Pump Company All Rights Reserved

CLASSIC SERIES
SINGLE HEAD ADJUSTABLE SPECIFICATIONS
SPECIFICATIONS
Flow Rate Output Control
External dial ring, 5-100% in 2.5% increments
Maximum Working Pressure
25 psi (1.7 bar), 100 psi (6.9 bar)
Maximum Operating Temperature
125°F (52°C)
Maximum Suction Lift
25 ft (7.6 m) vertical lift, based on water
Motor Type 1/30 HP, shaded pole, class B
Shaft RPM (average maximum)
26 or 44
Duty Cycle Continuous
Motor Voltage (Amp Draw)
120V 60Hz 1PH (1.7)
220V 60Hz 1PH (0.9)
230V 50Hz 1PH (0.9)
250V 50Hz 1PH (0.9)
Power Cord Type
120V 60Hz, 220V 60Hz: SJTOW,
230V 50Hz, 250V 50Hz: H05VV-F
Power Cord Plug End
120V 60Hz NEMA 5-15P
220V 60Hz NEMA 6-15P
230V 50Hz CEE7/7
250V 50Hz CEE7/7
FLOW RATE OUTPUT CHART
MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION
All Housings Polycarbonate
Pump Tube
Santoprene- (FDA approved) orVersilonm"
Check Valve Duckbill
Santoprene- (FDA approved) or Pellethane"
Pump Head Rollers Polyethylene
Roller Bushings Oil impregnated bronze
Suction/Discharge Tubing, Ferrules
Polyethylene (FDA approved)
Tube and Injection Fittings
PVC or Polypropylene (both NSF listed)
Connecting Nuts
PVC or Polypropylene (both NSF listed)
3/8" Adapter
PVC or Polypropylene (both NSF listed)
Suction Line Strainer and Cap
PVC or Polypropylene (both NSF listed);
ceramic weight
All Fasteners Stainless steel
Pump Head Latches Polypropylene
Single Head Adjustable 25 psi (1.7 bar) maximum Approximate 20:1 turndown, 2.5% increments
STENNER
ACCESSORIES
3 Connecting nuts 1/4" or 3/8"
3 Ferrules 1/4" or 6 mm Europe
1 Duckbill check valve 100 psi (6.9 bar) max.
OR 1 Injection fitting 25 psi (1.7 bar) max.
1 Weighted suction line strainer
1/4", 3/8" or 6 mm Europe
1 20' Roll suction/discharge tubing
1/4" or 3/8", white or UV black
OR 6 mm White Europe
1 Additional pump tube
2 Additional latches
1 Mounting bracket
1 Manual
Santoprene" is a registered trademark of
Exxon Mobil Corporation.
Versilon' is a registered trademark of
Saint-Gobain Performance Plastics.
Pellethane° is a registered trademark of
Lubrizol Advanced Materials, Inc.
Item Number
Gallons
1:
o
Model
Prefix
pump Tube
per Day
per Hour
per Minute per Day
45M1
45MJL1
1
0.2 to 3.0
0.01 to 0.13
0.02 to 0.27 0.8 to 11.4
0.03 to 0.48
0.56 to 7.92
45M2
45MJ11.2
2
0.5 to 10.0
0.02 to 0.42
0.04 to 0.89 1.9 to 37.9
0.08 to 1.58
1.32 to 26.32
45M3
45MJL3
3
1.1 to 22.0
0.05 to 0.92
0.10 to 1.96 4.2 to 83.3
0.18 to 3.47
2.92 to 57.85
45M4
45M11.4
4
1.7 to 35.0
0.07 to 1.46
0.15 to 3.11 6.4 to 132.5
0.27 to 5.52
4.44 to 92.01
45M5
45MJL5
5
2.5 to 50.0
0.10 to 2.08
0.22 to 4.44 9.5 to 189.3
0.40 to 7.89
6.60 to 131.43
85101
85MJL1
1
0.3 to 5.0
0.01 to 0.21
0.03 to 0.44 1.1 to 18.9
0.05 to 0.79
0.76 to 13.13
85M2
85MJ1-2
2
0.8 to 17.0
0.03 to 0.71
0.07 to 1.51 3.0 to 64.4
0.13 to 2.68
2.08 to 44.65
85M3
85MJ1-3
3
2.0 to 40.0
0.08 to 1.67
0.18 to 3.55 7.6 to 151.4
0.32 to 6.31
5.27 to 105.14
85M4
85MJL4
4
3.0 to 60.0
0.13 to 2.5
0.27 to 5.33 11.4 to 227.1
0.48 to 9.46
7.92 to 157.71
85M5
85MJL5
5
4.3 to 85.0
0.18 to 3.54
0.38 to 7.55 16.3 to 321.8
0.68 to 13.4
11.32 to 223.40
Approximate Output @ 60H7
Single Head Adjustable 100 psi (6.9 bar) maJ imum Approximate 20:1 turndown, 2.5% increments
Item Number
Gallons
i
o
Model
Prefix
Pump Tube
per Day
per Hour
per Minute
per Day
45MHP2
45MJH1
1
0.2 to 3.0
0.01 to 0.13
0.02 to 0.27
0.8 to 11.4
0.03 to 0.48
0.56 to 7.92
45MHP10
45MJH2
2
0.5 to 10.0
0.02 to 0.42
0.04 to 0.89
1.9 to 37.9
0.08 to 1.58
1.32 to 26.32
45MHP22
45MJH7
7
1.1 to 22.0
0.05 to 0.92
0.10 to 1.96
4.2 to 83.3
0.18 to 3.47
2.92 to 57.85
85MHP5
85MJH1
1
0.3 to 5.0
0.01 to 0.21
0.03 to 0.44
1.1 to 18.9
0.05 to 0.79
0.76 to 13.13
85MHP17
85MJH2
2
0.8 to 17.0
0.03 to 0.71
0.07 to 1.51
3.0 to 64.4
0.13 to 2.68
2.08 to 44.65
85MHP40
85MJH7
7
2.0 to 40.0
0.08 to 1.67
0.18 to 3.55
7.6 to 151.4
0.32 to 6.31
5.27 to 105.14
Approximate Output @ 60Hz
0.6to9.1
0.02to0.38
0.31to6.32
1.5 to 30.3
0.06 to 1.26
1.04 to 21.04
3.3 to 66.6
0.14 to 2.78
2.29 to 46.25
5.1 to 106.0
0.21 to 4.42
3.54 to 73.61
7.6 to 151.4
0.32 to 6.31
5.28 to 105.14
0.9 to 15.1
0.04 to 0.63
0.52 to 10.49
2.4to51.5
0.10to2.15
1.67to35.76
6.1 to 121.1
0.25 to 5.05
4.24 to 84.10
9.1 to 181.7
0.38 to 7.57
6.32 to 126.18
13.0 to 257.4
0.54 to 10.73
9.03 to 178.75
Approximate
Output
@ 50Hz
0.6 to 9.1
0.02 to 0.38
0.31 to 6.32
1.5 to 30.3
0.06 to 1.26
1.04 to 21.04
3.3 to 66.6
0.14 to 2.78
2.29 to 46.25
0.9 to 15.1
0.04 to 0.63
0.52 to 10.49
2.4 to 51.5
0.10 to 2.15
1.67 to 35.76
6.1 to 121.1
0.25 to 5.05
4.24 to 84.10
Approximate Output
@ 50Hz
ANOTICE: The information within this chart is solely intended for use as a guide. The output data is an approximation based on pumping water under a controlled testing environment. Many variables can
affect the output of the pump. Stenner Pump Company recommends that all metering pumps undergo field calibration by means of analytical testing to confirm their outputs.The information contained
in this flyer is not intended for specific application purposes. Stenner Pump Company reserves the right to make changes to prices, products, and specifications at any time without prior notice.

8=
PERISTALTIC METERING PUMPS SINCE 1957
CLASSIC SERIES
PERISTALTIC METERING PUMPS
..................................................................................
INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Warranty and Service Policy................................................................. 3
Safety Information ................................... 4-11, 14-16, 19-23, 26, 27, 35
Flow Rate Outputs.......................................................................... 6-11
Materials of Construction.................................................................. 12
Accessories....................................................................................... 13
Installation................................................................................... 14-22
Troubleshooting............................................................................ 23-26
Tube Replacement........................................................................ 27-34
Cleaning the Point of Injection...................................................... 35-37
Motor - Exploded View and Parts ................................................... 38-41
Feed Rate Control - Exploded View and Parts ................................ 42-43
Pump Head - Exploded View and Parts .......................................... 44-46
PumpTubes....................................................................................... 47
CheckValves...................................................................................... 48
ForYour Records................................................................................ 49
IMCL 020223
© Classic Series www.stenner.com

WARRANTY AND CUSTOMER SERVICE
LIMITED WARRANTY
Stenner Pump Company will for a period of one (1) year from the date of purchase (proof
of purchase required) repair or replace, at our option, all defective parts. Stenner is not
responsible for any removal or installation costs. Pump tube assemblies and rubber
components are considered perishable and are not covered in this warranty. Pump tube
will be replaced each time a pump is in for service, unless otherwise specified. The cost of
the pump tube replacement will be the responsibility of the customer. Stenner will incur
shipping costs for warranty products shipped from our factory in Jacksonville, Florida. Any
tampering with major components, chemical damage, faulty wiring, weather conditions,
water damage, power surges, or products not used with reasonable care and maintained in
accordance with the instructions will void the warranty. Stenner limits its liability solely to
the cost of the original product. We make no other warranty expressed or implied.
RETURNS
Stenner offers a 30-day return policy on factory direct purchases. Except as otherwise
provided, no merchandise will be accepted for return after 30 days from purchase. To
return merchandise at any time, call Stenner at 800.683.2378 for a Return Merchandise
Authorization (RMA) number. A 15% re -stocking fee will be applied. Include a copy of your
invoice or packing slip with your return.
DAMAGED OR LOST SHIPMENTS
All truck shipments: Check your order immediately upon arrival. All damage must be noted
on the delivery receipt. Call Stenner Customer Service at 800.683.2378 for all shortages
and damages within seven (7) days of receipt.
SERVICE & REPAIRS
Before returning a pump for warranty or repair, remove chemical from pump tube by
running water through the tube, and then run the pump dry. Following expiration of the
warranty period, Stenner Pump Company will clean and overhaul any Stenner metering
pump for a minimum labor charge plus necessary replacement parts and shipping. All
metering pumps received for overhaul will be restored to their original condition. The
customer will be charged for missing parts unless specific instructions are given. To return
merchandise for repair, call Stenner at 800.683.2378 or 904.641.1666 for a Return
Merchandise Authorization (RMA) number.
DISCLAIMER
The information contained in this manual is not intended for specific application purposes.
Stenner Pump Company reserves the right to make changes to prices, products, and
specifications at any time without prior notice.
TRADEMARKS
QuickPro' is a registered trademark of the Stenner Pump Company.
Santoprene° is a registered trademark of Exxon Mobil Corporation.
Versilon$ is a registered trademark of Saint-Gobain Performance Plastics.
Pellethane® is a registered trademark of Lubrizol Advanced Materials, Inc.
AquaShield'" is a trademark of Houghton International.
US and Canada 800.683.2378, International 904.641.1666 Classic Series

SAFETY INFORMATION
IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS
When installing and using this electrical equipment, basic safety precautions
should always be followed, including the following:
READ AND FOLLOW ALL INSTRUCTIONS
i I A WARNING I Warns about hazards that CAN cause death, serious personal
injury, or property damage if ignored.
A I ❑ WARNING I ELECTRIC SHOCK HAZARD
Q I A WARNING I ELECTRIC SHOCK HAZARD
Pump supplied with grounding power cord and attached plug. To reduce risk of
electrical shock, connect only to a properly grounded, grounding type receptacle.
Install only on a circuit protected by a Ground -Fault Circuit -Interrupter (GFCI).
Q I ❑ AVERTISSEMENT I DANGER DE CHOC ELECTRIQUE
La pompe est dotee d'un cordon d'alimentation avec mise a la terre muni d'une
fiche. Pour reduire le risque de choc electrique, branchez uniquement Sur une prise
correctement mise a la terre. Installez uniquement Sur un circuit protege par un
disjoncteur differentiel.
i DO NOT alter the power cord or plug end.
y0 DO NOT use receptacle adapters.
J DO NOT use pump with a damaged or altered power cord or plug. Contact the
factory or an authorized service facility for repair.
yQ I ❑ WARNING I HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE
DISCONNECT power cord before removing motor cover for service. Electrical service
by trained personnel only.
yQ I ❑ WARNING I EXPLOSION HAZARD
This equipment IS NOT explosion proof. DO NOT install or operate in an
explosive environment.
0 I A WARNING I RISK OF CHEMICAL EXPOSURE
Potential for chemical burns, fire, explosion, personal injury, or property damage. To
reduce risk of exposure, the use of proper personal protective equipment is mandatory.
0 I A WARNING I RISK OF FIRE HAZARD
DO NOT install or operate on any flammable surface.
0 I A WARNING I RISK OF CHEMICAL OVERDOSE
To reduce risk, follow proper installation methods and recommendations. Check your
local codes for additional guidelines.
Q I ❑ WARNING I To reduce the risk of injury, do not permit children to use this
product. This appliance is not to be used by persons with reduced physical, sensory
or mental capabilities, or lack of experience or knowledge, unless they have been
given supervision or instruction.
Classic Series www.stenner.com

SAFETY INFORMATION continued
A A CAUTION I Warns about hazards that WILL or CAN cause minor personal
injury or property damage if ignored.
Qr A CAUTION I PLUMBING
Chemical feed pump installation must always adhere to your local plumbing codes
and requirements. Be sure installation does not constitute a cross connection. Check
local plumbing codes for guidelines.
(A NOTICE: Indicates special instructions or general mandatory action.
QThis metering pump is portable and designed to be removable from the plumbing
system without damage to the connections.
OBefore installing or servicing the pump, read the pump manual for all safety
information and complete instructions. The pump is designed for installation and
service by properly trained personnel.
OInstallation of product must adhere to all regulatory and compliance codes
applicable to the area.
00 This metering pump and its components have been tested for use with the following
chemicals: Sodium Hypochlorite (10-15%), Muriatic Acid (20-22 Baume, 31.5%
HCI), and Soda Ash.
OCette pompe de dosage et ses componants ont ete testes pour leur compatibilite
avec les produits chimiques suivants : hypochlorite de sodium (10 a 15 %), acide
chlorhydrique (20 a 22 % Baume, 31,5 % HCI), et carbonate de sodium.
0 This metering pump is certified by WQA for use with Water and Sodium Hypochlorite
15%, when using Santoprene° tube material.
Q This is the safety alert symbol. When displayed in this manual or on the
equipment, look for one of the following signal words alerting you to the
potential for personal injury or property damage.
0 PUMP SUITABLE FOR USE OUTDOORS when installed with a Stenner Rain Roof Part
No. MP90000.
Q Electrical installation should adhere to all national and local codes. Consult a
licensed professional for assistance with proper electrical installation.
Removing power from pool/spa recirculation pump must also remove power from pump.
Q The use of an auxiliary safety device (not supplied), such as a flow switch or sensor,
is recommended to prevent feed pump operation in the event of a recirculation
pump failure or if flow is not sensed.
Q Point of chemical injection should be beyond all pumps, filters, and heaters.
[Q Suitable for indoor and outdoor use.
Q Adaptee a une utilisation aussi bien a I'interieur qu'a I'exterieur.
SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS
US and Canada 800.683.2378, International 904.641.1666 Classic Series

FLOW RATE OUTPUTS CLASSIC 45
Single Head Adjustable - Gallons per Day
Model
Item Number
Maximum
Pump
Prefix
psi / bar
Tube
45MHP2
45MJH1
100/6.9
1
0.2
45M1
4510J1-1
25/ 1.7
45MHP10
45MJH2
100/6.9
;
2
0.5
45M2
45MJL2
25/ 1.7
45MHP22
45MJH7
100/6.9
7
1.1
45M3
45MJL3
25/ 1.7
3
45M4
45MJL4
25/ 1.7
4
1.7 ;
45M5
4510J1-5
25/ 1.7
5
2.5
Single Head Adjustable - Liters per Day
Feed Rate Control Setting
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
0. 0.9
..0 : 2.0 : 3.0: 4.0 : 5.0 : 6.0 : 7.0 : 8.0 : 9.0 ; 10.0
1.2 : 4.4 : 6.6 : 8.8 : 11.0: 13.2 : 15.4: 17.6 : 19.8 : 22.0
1.5; 7.0;10.5;14.0;17.5;21.0;24.5:28.0:31.5:35.01
i.0 ; 10.0 ; 15.0 ; 20.0 ; 25.0 ; 30.0 ; 35.0 ; 40.0 45.0 ; 50.0
Approximate Outputs @ 60H-
Model
Item Number
Maximum
m
Pump
Feed Rate Control Setting
Prefix
psi / bar
Tube
L 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
45MHP2
45MJH1
100/6.9
1
0.6 0.9; 1.8 ; 2.7? 3.6 ; 4.5; 5.5 ; 6.4 7.3 8.2 ; 9.1
45M1
4510J1-1
25/ 1.7
45MHP10
45MJH2
100/6.9
2
1.5; 3.0; 6.1; 9.1 12.1:15.1:18.2:21.2124.2127.3:30.3
45M2
45MJ1-2
25/ 1.7
45MHP22
45MJH7
100/6.9
7
3.3 6.6 13.3: 20.0: 26.6: 33.3: 40.0: 46.6: 53.3: 60 . 0: 66.6
45M3
451MJ13
25/ 1.7
3
45M4
45MJL4
25/ 1.7
4
5.1 ; 10.6; 21.2; 31.8; 42.4; 53.0: 63.6; 74.2; 84.8: 95.4;106.OI
45M5
4510J1-5
25/ 1.7
5
7.6 ; 15.1; 30.3; 45.4; 60.6; 75.7; 90.8;106.0; 121.1; 136.3; 151.41
I
Approximate Outputs
@ 501-1�
Single Head
Fixed - Gallons
& Liters per Day
rItem
Model
NumberMaximum
Pump
GPIum
' r Hz
r r Hz
Prefix
psi / bar Tube
45MPHP2
45MFH1
100/6.9
1 3.0
9.1
45MP1
45MFL1
25/ 1.7
45MPHP10
451
100/ 6.9
2 10.0
30.3
451VIP2
45MFL2
25/ 1.7
45MPHP22
100/6.9
22.0
66.6
45M 3
45MFL3
39
5/
45MP4
45MLF4
25/ 1.7 4 I 35.0
106.0
45MP5
451VILF5
25/ 1.7 5 I 50.0
1 151.4
L-Approximate Outputs
@ 60 & 50Hz
I
ONOTICE: The information within this chart is solely intended for use as a guide. The output data is an approximation based on
pumping water under a controlled testing environment. Many variables can affect the output of the pump. Sterner Pump
Company recommends that all metering pumps undergo field calibration by means of analytical testing to confirm their outputs.
Classic Series www.stenner.com

FLOW RATE OUTPUTS CLASSIC 85
Single Head Adjustable - Gallons per Day
Model
Item Number
Maximum
PumpFeed
Rate Control Setting
Prefix
psi /bar
Tube
r
85MHP5
85MJH1
100/6.9
1
0.3 0.5 ; 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 ; 3.0 ; 3.5 4.0 ; 4.5 ; 5.0
85M1
85MJL1
25/ 1.7
85MHP17
85MJH2
100/6.9
;
2
0.8 1.71 3.41 5.1; 6.8; 8.5;10.2 11.9 13.6 15.3 17.0
85M2
851VJL2
25/ 1.7
85MHP40
85MJH7
100/6.9
7
I
2.0' 4.0 8.0 12.0;16.0:20.0:24.0:28.0:32.0:36.0:40.0
85MJL3
25/ 1.7
3
85M3
85M4
85MJL4
25/ 1.7
4
3.0 6.0 12.0: 18.0: 24.0; 30.0; 36.0; 42.0; 48.0; 54.0; 60.01
85M5
85MJL5
25/ 1.7
5
4.3 ; 8.5 17.0; 25.5; 34.0; 42.5; 51.0; 59.5; 68.0; 76.5; 85.0
Approximate Outputs Co) 6OHz
Single Head Adjustable
- Liters per
Day
Model
Item Number
Maximum
Pump
Rate Control Setting
Prefix
psi / bar
Tube
L 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
85MHP5
851VJH1
100/6.9
1
0.9 1.5i 3.0i 4.5 6.1 7.6 9.1 10.6: 12.1 :13.6: 15.1
85M1
85MJL1
25/ 1.7
'
85MHP17
85MJH2
100/6.9
I I I I I I I I I I
2
2.4 5.1 10.3i15.4:20.6 25.7: 30.9: 36.0: 41.2 46.3:51.5
85M2
85MJL2
25/ 1.7
'
I I I I I I I I I I
85MHP40
851VJH7
100/6.9
7
6.1 ' 12.1' 24.2' 36.3' 48.5' 60.6' 76.7' 84.8' 96.9'109.0'121.1
85M3
85MJL3
25 / 1.7
3
85M4
85MJL4
25 / 1.7
4
9.1 18.2 136.3 154.51 76.7 190.8 : 109.0: 127.2 145.3163.5 181.7
85M5
85MJL5
25 / 1.7
5
13.0 ; 25.7 j 51.5 j 77.2;103.0;128.7;154.4;180.6.205.9;231.6;257.41
Approximate Outputs @ 5OHz
Single Head Fixed - Gallons & Liters per Day
Model
Item Number
Maximum
Pump
r r
r r Hz
Prefix
psi / bar
Tube
85MPHP5
85MFH1
100/6.9
1
5.0
15.1
85MP1
85MFL1
25/ 1.7
85MPHP17
85MFH2
100/6.9
2
17.0
51.5
85MP2
85MFL2
25/ 1.7
85MPHP40
85MFH7
100/6.9
7
40.0
121.1
85MP3
85MFL3
25/ 1.7
3
85MP4
85MFL4
25/ 1.7
4
60.0
181.7
85MP5
85MFL5
25/ 1.7
5
85.0
257.4
Approximate Outputs @ 60 & 5OHz I
ONOTICE: The information within this chart is solely intended for use as a guide. The output data is an approximation based on
pumping water under a controlled testing environment. Many variables can affect the output of the pump. Stenner Pump
Company recommends that all metering pumps undergo Feld calibration by means of analytical testing to confirm their outputs.
US and Canada 800.683.2378, International 904.641.1666 Classic Series E

FLOW RATE OUTPUTS CLASSIC 100
)ouble Head Adjustable - Gallons per Day
Model
Item Number
Maximum
PumpFeed
Rate Control Setting
Prefix
psi /bar
TubeL
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
100DMHP5
100J1-11
100 / 6.9
1
0.3 ; 0.6; 1.2 ; 1.8; 2.4 ; 3.0 ; 3.6 ; 4.2 j 4.8 j 5.4 ; 6.0
100DM1
100JL1
25/ 1.7
100DMHP20
100JH2
100 / 6.9
2
1.0; 2.0; 4.0; 6.0; 8.0;10.0;12.0;14.0j16.0j18.0;20.0
100DM2
100JI2
25/ 1.7
100DM3
100JL3
25 / 1.7
3
2.2 4.4 8.8 13.2 : 17.6 : 22.0 : 26.4 30.8 135.2 139.6 : 44.0
100DM4
100JL4
25 / 1.7
4
3.5 7.0 14.0 : 21.0 : 28.0 : 35.0 : 42.0 : 49.0 : 56.0 : 63.0 : 70.0
100DM5
100JL5
25 / 1.7
5
5.0 10.0 : 20.0 : 30.0 : 40.0 : 50.0 60.0 70.0: 80.0 : 90.0 : 100.0
pp.ox.iiae vuNuw U -
)ouble Head Adjustable - Liters per Day
Model
Item Number
Maximum
PumpFeed
Rate Control Setting
Prefix
psi /bar
TubeL12345678910
100DMHP5
100JH1
100 / 6.9
1
0.9; 1.8; 3.6; 5.5; 7.3 9.1;10.9;12.7:14.5;16.4;18.2
100DM1
100JL1
25/ 1.7
IOODMHP20
100JH2
100/ 6.9
2
3.0; 6.1;12.1;18.2;24.2;30.3;36.4;42.4j48.5;54.5j60.6
100DM2
100JI2
25/ 1.7
100DM3
100JL3
25 / 1.7
3
6.7 13.3 : 26.7 : 40.0 1 53.3 66.6 : 79.9 : 93.3 : 106.6:119.9: 133.2
100DM4
100JL4
25/ 1.7
4
10.6 ; 21.2: 42.4; 63.6 84.8:106.0:127.2:148.4:169.6:190.8:212.0
100DM5
100JL5
25/1.7
5
15.1 30.3:60.6:90.8:121.1:151.4:181.7:212.0:242.2:272.5302.8
Double Head Fixed - Gallons & Liters per Day
Model Item Number
Prefix
Maximum
psi / bar
Pump
Tube
176!0
r
r r
18.2
100DMPHP5
100FH 1
100 / 6.9
100DMP1
100FL1
25/ 1.7
100DMPHP20
100DMP2
100FH2
100FL2
100 / 6.9
25 / 1.7
2
20.0
60.6
100DMP3
100FL3
25 / 1.7
3
44.0
133.2
100DMP4
100FL4
25 / 1.7
4
70.0
212.0
100DMP5
100FL5
25 / 1.7
5
100.0
302.8
Annrmimnte niitnuts
(arn R, 5OH7
ONOTICE: The information within this chart is solely intended for use as a guide. The output data is an approximation based on
pumping water under a controlled testing environment. Many variables can affect the output of the pump. Stenner Pump
Company recommends that all metering pumps undergo field calibration by means of analytical testing to confirm their outputs.
UClassic Series www.stenner.com

FLOW RATE OUTPUTS CLASSIC 170
Double Head Adjustable - Gallons per Day
Model
Item Number
Maximum
PumpFeed
Rate Control Setting
Prefix
psi /bar
TubeL
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
170DMHP9
170JH 1
100 / 6.9
1
0.5 ; 1.0 j 2.0 j 3.0 ; 4.0 ; 5.0 ; 6.0 7.0 ; 8.0 ; 9.0 ; 10.0
170DM1
170JL1
25/ 1.7
170DMHP34
170J1-12
100 / 6.9
2
1.7; 3.4j 6.Oj 9.5;13.6;17.0;20.4:23.8:27.2;30.6;34.0
170DM2
170J1-2
25/ 1.7
170DM3
170JL3
25 / 1.7
3
4.0 8.0 16.0 124.0 : 32.0 : 40.0 : 48.0 56.0 64.0 : 72.0 : 80.0
170DM4
170JL4
1 25 / 1.7
4
6.0 12.0 : 24.0 : 36.0 : 48.0 : 60.0 : 72.0 84.0 : 96.0 : 108.0: 120.0
170DM5
170JL5
1 25/ 1.7
5
8.5 17.0: 34.0: 51.0: 68.0: 85.0:102.0:119.0:136.0:153.0:170.0
Double Head Adjustable - Liters per Day
Model
M
Pumppsi
/bar
TubeL
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
170DMHP9
170JH 1
100 / 6.9
1
1.5; 3.0; 6.1; 9.1;12.1;15.1;18.2;21.2;24.2;27.3;30.3
170DM1
170JL1
25/ 1.7
170DMHP34
170JH2
100 / 6.9
2
5.1;10.3j18.2j28.8j39.1j51.5;61.8;72.1;82.4;92.7;102.6
170DM2
170JL2
25/ 1.7
170DM3
170JL3
25 / 1.7
3
12.1 ; 24.2 j 48.5 j 72.7 ; 96.9;121.1;145.4;169.6;193.8;218.0;242.2
170DM4
170JL4
25/1.7
4
18.2;36.3: 72.7:109.0:145.3:181.7;218.0:254.4:290.7;327.0,363.4
170DM5
170JL5
25/ 1.7
5
25.7: 51.5: 86.0:154.4:205.9:257.4308.9:360.4:411.8:463.3:514.8
A i t 0 t is@-
pproxima e u pu z
Double Head Fixed - Gallons & Liters per Day
Model
Item Number
prefix
Maximum
psi /bar
Pump
Tube
1
r r
10.0 30.3
170DMPHP9
170FH1
100/ 6.9
170DMP1
170FL1
25/ 1.7
170DMPHP34
170DMP2
170FH2
170FL2
100 / 6.9
25/ 1.7
2
34.0
102.6
170DMP3
170FL3
25/ 1.7
3
80.0
242.2
170DMP4
170FL4
25/ 1.7
4
120.0
363.4
170DMP5
I 170FL5
25/ 1.7
5
170.0
514.8
nr,- i-to Nitniftra
an R rn147
ONO ICE: The information within this chart is solely intended for use as a guide. The output data is an approximation based on
pumping water under a controlled testing environment. Many variables can affect the output of the pump. Stenner Pump
Company recommends that all metering pumps undergo Feld calibration by means of analytical testing to confirm their outputs.
US and Canada 800.683.2378, International 904.641.1666 Classic Series 9

FLOW RATE OUTPUTS CLASSIC 100 DUAL CONTROL
DETERMINE FLOW RATE OUTPUTS FOR EACH PUMP HEAD
Use the innermost pump head flow rate outputs to determine the output for each pump head.
Both feed rate controls (FRC) on setting 10 = maximum flow rate capacity of the pump.
Innermost Pump Head
L=5%, 1-10 = approx. 10% of maximum innermost output
Outermost Pump Head
Outermost Output = (Outermost FRC Setting %) x (innermost Output)
Example
10OMDC5 with Innermost FRC setting on 4
1. Innermost FRC setting 4 = 20 GPD
2. If outermost FRC is set on 3, then outermost output is 30% of innermost output; 0.3 x 20 GPD = 6 GPD
3. Outermost = 6 GPD, Innermost = 20 GPD, Total Pump Output = 26 GPD
Innermost Pump Head - Gallons per Day
Model
Item Number
Maximum
Pumpm
Feed Rate Control Setting
Prefix
psi / bar
Tube
L 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
1OOMDCHP5
10ODHI
100/6.9
1
0.2 0.3 0.6 0.9 1.2 1.5 1.8 2.1 j 24 j 27 .0
1OOMDC1
100DL1
25/1.7
10OMDCHP20
10ODH2
100/6.9
2
0.5 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 j 9.0 10.0
1OOMDC2
1OODL2
25/1.7
100MDC3
100DL3
25/1.7
3
1.1 2.2 4.4 6.6 8.8 11.0: 13.2 15.4 17.61 19.8 22.0
1OOMDC4
100DL4
25/1.7
4
1.7 3.5 7.0 10.5! 14.0! 17.5! 21.0! 24.5! 28.0! 31.5! 35.0
10OMDC5
100DL5
25/1.7
5
2.5 5.0 10.0 15.0 20.0 25.0 30.0 35.0 40.0 45.0 50.0
Approximate Outputs @ 60Hz
Innermost Pump Head - Liters per Day
Model
Item Number
Maximum
Pump
Feed Rate Control Setting
11OOMDCHP5
Prefix
psi /bar
TubeL
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
10ODHI
100/6.9
1
0.6 0.9 1.8 2.7 3.6 4.5 5.5 6.4 7.3 8.2 9.1
10OMDC1
100DL1
25/1.7
10OMDCHP20
100DH2
100/6.9
2
1.5 3.0 6.1 9.1 12.1: 15.1 18.2: 21.2 :24.2: 27.3: 30.3
1OOMDC2
100DI-2
25/1.7
100MDC3
10ODL3
25/1.7
3
3.3 6.6 13.3: 20.0: 26.6: 33.3: 40.0: 46.6 53.3 60.0 66.6
1OOMDC4
1OODL4
25/1.7
4
5.1 10.6! 21.2! 31.8! 42.4! 53.0! 63.6 74.2 84.8! 95.4!106.01
10OMDC5
1OODL5
25/1.7
5
7.6 15.1 30.3 45.4 60.6 75.7; 90.8 ;106V:121.1;1364:151.4
Approximate Outputs @ 5011�
ONOTICE: The information within this chart is solely intended for use as a guide.The output data is an approximation based on
pumping water under a controlled testing environment. Many variables can affect the output of the pump. Sterner Pump
Company recommends that all metering pumps undergo field calibration by means of analytical testing to confirm their outputs.
WClassic Series www.stenner.com

FLOW RATE OUTPUTS CLASSIC 170 DUAL CONTROL
Innermost Pump Head - Gallons per Day
Model
0 imi-11Number
Feed Rate Control Setting
Prefix
psi /bar
Tube
L 1234567891
MDCHP9
170MDCHP9
170DI-11
100/6.9
1
0.3 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0
170MDC1
170DLI
25/1.7
170MDCHP34
170DI-12
100/6.9
2
0.8: 1.7j 3.4j 5.1 6.8j 8.5 10.2: 11.9: 13.6: 15.3: 17.0
170MDC2
170DL2
25/1.7
170MDC3
170DL3
25/1.7
3
2.0 4.0 8.0 12.0: 16.0: 20.0: 24.0 28.0 32.0 36.0 40.0
170MDC4
170DI-4
25/1.7
4
3.0 6.0 12.0118.01 24.0130.0! 36.0! 42.0! 48.0! 54.0! 60.0
170MDC5
170DL5
25/1.7
5
4.3 8.5 17.0 25.5 34.0 42.5 5 1.0 59.5 68.0 76.5 85.0
I Approximate Outputs @ 60Hz
Innermost Pump Head - Liters per Day
Model
Item Number
Max
Pump
- - Feed Rate Control Setting
Prefix
/imbu: r
psi
Tube
L 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
170MDCHP9
170DI-11
100/6.9
1
0.9 1.5j 3.Oj 4.5 6.1 7.6 9.1 :10.6:12.1: 13.6: 15.1
170MDCI
170DLI
25/1.7
170MDCHP34
170DI-12
100/6.9
2
2.4 5.1 10.3: 15.4: 20.6 25.7:30.9 36.0 41.2 46.3: 51.5
170MDC2
170DL2
25/1.7
170MDC3
170DL3
25/1.7
3
6.1 12.1: 24.2: 36.3: 48.5 60.676.7: 84.8 96.9�109.0i121.1j
170MDC4
170DL4
25/1.7
4
9.1 18.2! 36.3154.5 76.7 90.8!109.0!127.2!145.3163.5181.71
170MDC5
170DL5
25/1.7
5
13.0: 25.7: 51.5: 77.2 :103.0:128.7:154.4:180.0:205.5,231.6:257.4
Approximate Outputs @ 50Hz
ONOTICE: The information within this chart is solely intended for use as a guide. The output data is an approximation based on
pumping water under a controlled testing environment. Many variables can affect the output of the pump. Stenner Pump
Company recommends that all metering pumps undergo field calibration by means of analytical testing to confirm their outputs.
US and Canada 800.683.2378, International 904.641.1666 Classic Series M

MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION
All Housings
Polycarbonate
Pump Tube
Santoprene° (FDA approved) orVersilon®
Check Valve Duckbill
Santoprene° (FDA approved) or Pellethane°
Suction/Discharge Tubing & Ferrules
Polyethylene (FDA approved)
Suction Line Strainer and Cap
PVC or Polypropylene (both NSF listed); ceramic weight
All Fasteners
Stainless Steel
Tube and Injection Fittings
PVC or Polypropylene (both NSF listed)
Connecting Nuts and 3/8" Adapter
PVC or Polypropylene (both NSF listed)
Pump Head Latches
Polypropylene
® Classic Series www.stenner.com

ACCESSORIES
3 Connecting nuts 1/4" & 3 Ferrules 1/4" or 6 mm Europe
or 3 Connecting Nuts & 2 Adapters 3/8"
1 Injection Fitting 25 psi (1.7 bar) max.
or 1 Duckbill Check Valve 100 psi (6.9 bar) max. or
1 Weighted Suction Line Strainer 1/4", 3/8" or 6 mm Europe
20' Roll of Suction/Discharge Tubing 1/4" or 3/8" white or UV black
or 20' Roll of Suction/Discharge Tubing, white, 6 mm Europe
1 Additional Pump Tube
2 Additional Latches
1 Mounting Bracket
1 Manual
Double head pumps include an additional set of the accessories listed above.
US and Canada 800.683.2378, International 904.641.1666 Classic Series

INSTALLATION
ADDITIONAL SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS
A, NOTICE: Indicates special instructions or general mandatory action.
A, Read all safety hazards before installing or servicing the pump. The pump is
designed for installation and service by properly trained personnel.
OUse all required personal protective equipment when working on or near a chemical
metering pump.
A Install the pump so that it is in compliance with all national and local plumbing
and electrical codes.
Use the proper product to treat potable water systems, use only chemicals listed or
approved for use.
OInstall the pump to work in conjunction with pool, spa, well pump, or system controls.
00 Inspect tube frequently for leakage, deterioration, or wear. Schedule a regular pump
tube maintenance change to prevent chemical damage to pump and/or spillage.
OMount pump vertically and use spill recovery to run chemical back to tank in the
event of tube failure. Not recommended for acid applications.
OTo reduce risk, follow proper installation methods and recommendations. Check
your local codes for additional guidelines.
OPump is not recommended for installation in areas where leakage can cause
personal injury or property damage.
mClassic Series www.stenner.com

INSTALLATION continued
MOUNT PUMP
A Select a dry location (to avoid water intrusion and pump damage) above the solution
tank. Best recommended location is above the solution tank in a vertical position
with the pump head pointed downward and the spill recovery (see page 18) in place
to reduce the risk and severity of damage. Spill recovery not recommended for
acid applications.
To prevent pump damage in the event of a pump tube leak, never mount the pump
vertically with the pump head up.
A To avoid chemical damage from fumes, DO NOT mount pump directly over an open
solution tank. Keep tank covered.
CAvoid flooded suction or pump mounted lower than the solution container. Draw
solution from the top of the tank. Pump can run dry without damage. If pump is
installed with a flooded suction, a shut-off valve or other device must be provided to
stop flow to pump during service.
1. Use the mounting bracket as a template
to drill pilot holes in mounting location.
2. Secure bracket with fasteners or wall
anchors. Slide pump into bracket.
CProvide 8" clearance to allow pump
orientation to be reversed during tube
replacement. DO NOT allow water
intrusion into the motor or corrosion
and damage will occur.
To prevent motor damage, verify
with a volt meter that the receptacle
voltage corresponds with the
pump voltage.
Rain Rooff
(optional)
slips into
wall bracket.
Wall Bracket
3. Plug cord into receptacle and turn the Purr
motor power switch on. If the pump is
adjustable, turn the dial ring to 10.
4. Activate the pump by the pump control (flow switch, pressure switch, etc.) and verify
rotation of the roller assembly within the clear pump head. Turn pump switch off.
US and Canada 800.683.2378, International 904.641.1666 Classic Series

INSTALLATION continued
ADDITIONAL INSTRUCTIONS FOR CE PUMPS WHEN APPLICABLE
ADDITIONAL INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
1. All Class II Pumps located in Zone 1 of swimming pool areas require locating where flooding cannot occur.
2. This pump is intended to be installed as "fixed" as opposed to portable.
3. The Rain Roof must be installed and "vertical orientation" mounting of entire unit observed.
4. After installation, the power supply plug must be accessible during use.
S. This unit must be scrapped if the supply cord is damaged.
6. Observe and comply with all National Wiring Standards.
ZUSTAZLICHE INSTALLIERUNGSANWEISUNGUN
1. Pumpen die sich in Zone 1 vom Schwimmbecken befinden sollen sind so einzurichten daft
Ueberschwemmungen nicht vorkommen werden.
2. Diese Pumpe ist als fest montierte Ausrustung bedacht and Boll nicht umstellbar gebraucht werden.
3. Der Regendach muss installiert werden. Eine vertikale Asrichtung der Montage muff erzielt werden.
4. Die Stromversorgung muss nach der Installierung noch zuganglich sein.
5. Bei beschadigterVerkabelung ist dieses Gerat nicht mehr zu gebrauchen.
6. Staatliche Vernetzungsvorchriften mussen eingehalten werden.
INSTRUCTIONS SUPPLEMENTAIRES WINSTALLTION
1. Toutes les pompes installees dans la Zone 1 du perimetre de la piscine doivent titre situees de maniere a
ne pas pouvoir titre inondees.
2. Cette pompe est prevue pour installation fixe et non pas portative.
3. L'abri anti-pluie doit titre installe et ('orientation verticale doit toujours titre observee.
4. Apres ('installation, la prise electrique doit rester accessible pendant ('utilisation.
5. Cette unite doit titre mise au rebut si le cordon electrique est endommage.
6. Observez et adherez a toutes les Normes Nationales pour Installations Electriques.
INSTRUCCIONES ADICIONALES PARA INSTALACION
1. Todas las bombas Clase II situadas en la Zona 1 de las areas de la piscina requieren colocarse donde no
puedan serinundadas.
2. Esta bomba es para ser instalada "fija" en vez de portatil.
3. Es necesario instalar el techo de Iluvia, y montar la unidad entera siguiendo una orientaci6n vertical.
4. Depues de la instalacion el enchufe suministrador de energfa debe estar accesible durante el uso.
5. Se debera deshechar la unidad si el cordon de abastecimiento se deteriora.
6. Observe y cumpla con todas las Reglas Nacionales para Instalaciones Electricas.
ISTRUZIONI SUPPLEMENTARI PER U INSTALLAZIONE
1. Tutte le pompe Classe II localizzate nella Zona 1 della superficie circostante la piscina devono essere
collocate dove gli allagamenti no possono accadere.
2. Questa pompa, a inteso, deve essere installata come'fissa' a non come portatile.
3. La tettoia deve essere installata a it montaggio'orientazione verticale' dell'intera units deve essere osservato.
4. Dopo I'installazione, la spina deve essere accessibile durante I'uso.
5. Questa units deve essere gettata via se it filo elettrico a danneggiato.
6. Osservare a adedre a tutte le Norme Nazionali Sugli Impianti Elettrici.
mClassic Series www.stenner.com

INSTALLATION DIAGRAM
Rain Roof slides into
wall mounting bracket
(no tools necessary).,
On/Off Switch (under
roof, not visible this view)
Vertical Wall Mounting Bracket
(requires 2 screws)
Suction Line
Shut -Off Valve
Solution Tank
Always use Rain Roof
for outdoor use or if
is
metering pump is
subject to washdowns.
-0e
Grounded Power Outlet;
protected by Ground -Fault
Circuit -Interrupter (GFCI)
s-------------------
Disassembled View
-' Duckbill Injection
\ Check Valve Fitting
100 psi max. 25 psi max.
Discharge Line
Duckbill Check Valve
or Injection Fitting 8
Duckbill
4
r- - - Flow direction
of solution
-��------------------
40
US and Canada 800.683.2378, International 904.641.1666 Classic Series m

INSTALLATION continued
SPILL RECOVERY
Mount the pump vertically and use the spill recovery to drain chemical back to the tank in
the event of tube failure. This will help prevent chemical from collecting in the tube housing
and reduces spillage on the floor. To reduce risk, follow proper installation methods and
recommendations. Check your local codes for additional guidelines.
The pump motor is ventilated and water intrusion can cause motor damage. A rain roof is
recommended for outdoor and wet environments.
SPILL RECOVERY IS NOT RECOMMENDED FOR ACID APPLICATIONS.
Punch out one of two hole plugs
using a 7/32" punch or drill.
Use section of 1/4"
suction/discharge tubing
and insert in hole.
Tube drains solution
as back to tank.
l'
p Spill Recovery
r
�I
Strainer with Weight
18
www.stenner.com

INSTALLATION continued
INSTALL SUCTION LINE TO PUMP HEAD
1. Uncoil the suction/discharge tubing. Use outside of solution tank as a guide to cut
proper length of suction line ensuring it will be 2-3" above the bottom of solution tank.
CAllow sufficient slack to avoid kinks and stress cracks. Always make a clean
square cut to assure that the suction line is burr free. Normal maintenance
requires trimming.
,A Suction lines that extend to the bottom of the tank can result in debris pickup
0
leading to clogged injectors and possible tube failure.
2. Make connections
1/4" Slide the line(s) through the 1/4" connecting nut and ferrule.
3/8" Finger tighten the 3/8" adapter onto the tube fitting then slide the line(s)
through the 3/8" connecting nut.
3. Tighten connections
1/4" While firmly holding the tube fitting, finger tighten nut to the threaded tube fitting.
3/8" While firmly holding the 3/8" adapter, finger tighten nut to the adapter.
Then wrench tighten one additional half turn. If leak occurs, gradually tighten
the 3/8" connecting nut as required.
AOver tightening the ferrule and nut may result in damaged fittings, crushed
ferrules, and air pick up.
A DO NOT use thread seal tape on pump tube connections.
Connecting Nut Assembly
1/4"
3/8"
E E
DO NOT use thread seal tape
low
on pump tube threads.
More on next page
NOTE: Tubing should bottom into all fittings.
US and Canada 800.683.2378, International 904.641.1666 Classic Series m

INSTALLATION continued
INSTALL SUCTION WEIGHT TO SUCTION LINE
1. Drill a hole into the bung cap or solution tank lid. Slide the tubing through and secure
the weighted strainer to the line.
2. To attach the strainer, push approximately 3.5" of suction line through the cap on the
strainer body. Pull tubing to make sure it is secure.
3. Suspend approximately 3" above tank bottom to reduce the chance of
sediment pickup.
ODO NOT mix chemicals in the solution container. Follow recommended mixing
procedures according to the manufacturer.
ADO NOT operate pump unless chemical is completely in solution. Turn pump off
when replenishing solution.
A DO NOT slide tubing all the way to the bottom of the weighted strainer. Tubing
could become flush with the nose of the strainer and the pump may not prime
due to blockage.
11
\ Suction Line
'I
`I
3.5" �U
(9 cm)
f Weighted
Suction Line
Strainer
0
Classic Series www.stenner.com

INSTALLATION continued
INSTALL DISCHARGE LINE TO PUMP HEAD AND INJECTION POINT
1. Make a secure finger tight connection on the discharge fitting of the pump head as
instructed in Install Suction Line instructions.
ADO NOT use thread seal tape on pump tube connections.
�
Q I 0 WARNING I HAZARDOUS PRESSURE: Shut off water or circulation system
and bleed off any system pressure.
Locate a point of injection beyond all pumps and filters or as determined by A
the application.
2. A 1/4" or 1/2" Female NPT (FNPT) connection is required for installing the injection
fitting. If there is no FNPT fitting available, provide one by either tapping the pipe or
installing FNPT pipe tee fitting.
3. Wrap the Male NPT (MNPT) end of injection fitting with 2 or 3 turns of thread seal
tape. If necessary, trim the injection fitting quill as required to inject product directly
into flow of water.
More on next page
DO NOT use thread seal tape
on pump tube threads.
Shut -Off Valve
Duckbill
1/4" or
Check Valve
FNPT
Reduction
io
Bushing
Typical Point of Injection
Trim Injection Fitting
US and Canada 800.683.2378, International 904.641.1666 Classic Series

INSTALLATION continued
4. Hand tighten the injection fitting into the FNPT fitting.
Injection Fitting
a. Install connecting nut and ferrule to the pump discharge line. Insert discharge
line into injection fitting until it reaches base of fitting.
b. Finger tighten connecting nut to fitting. For 3/8" connections wrench tighten
one additional 1/2 turn. If leak occurs, gradually tighten the 3/8" connecting
nut as required.
Duckbill Check Valve
a. Prior to connection, test check valve and NPT threads for leaks by pressurizing
system. If necessary, tighten an additional 1/4 turn.
b. Install connecting nut and ferrule to the pump discharge line. Insert discharge
line into check valve body until it reaches base of body.
c. Finger tighten connecting nut to fitting. For 3/8" connections wrench tighten
one additional 1/2 turn. If leak occurs, gradually tighten the 3/8" connecting
nut as required.
5. Turn pump on and re -pressurize system. Observe chemical flow as actuated by system
and check all connections for leaks.
6. After suitable amount of dosing time, perform tests for desired chemical readings
(e.g., pH or ppm). If necessary, fine tune dosing levels by rotating dial ring (adjustable
pumps only) or by adjusting solution strength.
00 The injection point and fitting require periodic maintenance to clean any deposits
or buildup. To allow quick access to the point of injection, Stenner recommends
the installation of shut-off valves.
0 Classic Series www.stenner.com

TROUBLESHOOTING MOTOR
0� ❑ WARNING I HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE
DISCONNECT power cord before removing motor cover for service. Electrical service
should be performed by trained personnel only.
PROBLEM
POSSIBLE CAUSE
SOLUTION
Loud or excessive noise
Worn ball bearings
Replace rotor assembly
Damaged bearing brackets or
Replace bearing brackets and
tolerance rings
tolerance rings
Insufficient gear lubrication
Apply AquaShield'to gears and gear posts
Worn gears or gear posts
Inspect and/or replace gears and gear posts
Motor does not work;
Faulty electrical supply
Check electrical supply
fan does not turn
Bearing brackets broken
Replace bearing brackets
Damaged motor coil
Replace motor coil
Worn or damaged rotor bearings
Replace rotor assembly
Damaged power cord
Inspect and/or replace power cord
Rotor bound or rusted to coil
Buff off coil and rotor or replace
Faulty wire connections
Inspect and/or repair electrical connections
Obstructed fan
Remove obstruction
Motor runs; fan turns,
Worn or damaged gears
Replace gears as needed
output shaft does not
Motor overheats and
Incorrect voltage
Check voltage and frequency matches
shuts off and on
pump label
High ambient temperature
Pumps are rated to 125 ° F (51 °C) maximum
Damaged/malfunctioning coil
Replace motor coil
Phenolic gear is stripping
Water intrusion
Use rain roof, replace phenolic gear &
all affected components
Cracked bearing bracket
Replace bearing bracket & phenolic gear
Worn gear posts
Replace gear posts & affected gears
Rusted helical gear at end of rotor
Buff off rotor or replace rotor,
replace phenolic gear
Worn or cracked gear case cover
Replace gear case or gear case cover
Missing phenolic gear spacer
Replace phenolic gear and install spacer on
top of gear
Insufficient lubrication
Apply AquaShield'"to gears and
gear posts
US and Canada 800.683.2378, International 904.641.1666 Classic Series

TROUBLESHOOTING FEED RATE CONTROL
PROBLEM
POSSIBLE CAUSE
SOLUTION
Dial ring will not turn
Seized or broken variable cam
Apply Aquashield'° to variable cam &
cam slot in feed rate control housing
Seized dial ring
Clean then lubricate dial ring & cam slot
with AquaShield'
Dial ring turns,
Variable cam disengaged from
Re-insert 90° end into ring
output doesn't change
dial ring
Broken variable cam
Replace variable cam
Pump head does not rotate
Worn index plate
Turn over or replace index plate
Motor problem
Refer to motor troubleshooting
Pump head roller assembly stripped
Replace roller assembly
Index pin holder loose
Tighten holder into spider assembly
Index pin broken
Replace index pin and lifter assembly
Pump head rotates continuously
Variable cam out of place or worn
Replace or re-insert variable cam
Ratcheting sound
Index plate worn
Turn over or replace index plate
Variable cam worn
Replace variable cam
Lifter worn
Replace lifter or complete
index pin assembly
WClassic Series www.stenner.com

TROUBLESHOOTING PUMP HEAD
PROBLEM
POSSIBLE CAUSE
SOLUTION
Roller Assembly
Motor not locked
Fixed Rate Pumps: Place tube housing latch
will not expand or
into motor slot; Adjustable Rate Pumps:
collapse with
Set feed rate control to 10
tube housing cover
Stripped or cracked
Replace roller assembly
roller assembly hub
Components cracking
Chemical attack
Check chemical compatibility
Chemical intrusion from tube failure
Identify and correct cause, clean components of
chemical & replace tube according to manual
Pump head leaking
Pump tube rupture
Identify and correct cause, clean components of
chemical & replace tube according to manual
No pump output,
Roller assembly not fully expanded
Expand roller assembly using pump head cover
pump head rotates
as a tool, according to manual
Depleted or weighted strainer is above
Replenish solution and position suction line 3"
solution tank
above bottom of tank
Leak in the suction line or
Inspect or replace suction line and/or connections
at connections
Ferrules installed incorrectly,
Replace ferrules, beveled end faces pump
missing or damaged
Sleeve and/or plastic gripper inside
Replace if damaged or missing. Reorient if
3/8" connecting nut is missing
incorrectly assembled; gripper beveled end
damaged, or incorrectly assembled
faces nut; sleeve wide end faces gripper
Injection point is clogged
Inspect and clean injection point
Clogged suction and/or discharge
Clean and/or replace as needed
line and/or check valve
Life of pump tube exhausted
Replace tube according to manual, schedule
tube replacement based on application
Suction line is flush with the nose of the
Pull suction line approximately 1" from bottom of
weighted strainer
strainer, cut bottom of suction at an angle
Low pump output,
Life of pump tube exhausted
Replace tube according to manual, schedule
pump head rotates
tube replacement based on application
Rollers worn or broken
Replace roller assembly
Injection point is restricted
Inspect and clean injection point regularly
Incorrect tube size or setting
Refer to pump output chart and determine dial
ring setting or replace tube & ferrules
High system back pressure
Verify system pressure against tube psi,
replace tube and ferrules
No pump output,
Stripped or cracked
Replace roller assembly
pump head
roller assembly hub
doesn't rotate
Feed rate control problem
Refer to feed rate control troubleshooting
Motor problem
Refer to motor troubleshooting
Pump output high
Incorrect tube size or setting
Refer to pump output chart and determine dial
ring setting or replace tube and ferrules
Roller assembly broken
Replace roller assembly
Malfunctioning feed rate control
Refer to feed rate control troubleshooting
Incorrect motor rpm
Replace with motor that matches pump model
US and Canada 800.683.2378, International 904.641.1666 Classic Series

TROUBLESHOOTING PUMP TUBE
ONOTICE: A leaking pump tube damages the metering pump. Inspect pump frequently
for leakage and wear. Refer to Tube Replacement section for additional safety
precautions and instructions.
PROBLEM
POSSIBLE CAUSE
Tube leaking
Pump tube ruptured
Calcium or mineral deposits
Excessive back pressure
Tube is twisted
Tube not centered
Tube life is shortened
Chemical attack
Mineral deposits at injection point
Sediment blockage at check valve
Degraded check valve duckbill
Duckbill in wrong orientation
Seized rollers caused abrasion on tube
Exposure to heat or sun
Tube connection is leaking
Ferrules installed incorrectly,
missing or damaged
3/8" nut loose
Missing ferrule in 3/8" adapter
Sleeve and/or plastic gripper inside
3/8" connecting nut is missing
damaged, or incorrectly assembled
SOLUTION
Identify and correct cause,
clean components of chemical &
replace tube according to manual
Clean injection fitting; replace tube and
duckbill according to manual
Verify system pressure against tube psi,
replace tube and ferrules
Replace tube and ferrules according to
manual, hold tube fitting while tightening
connecting nut to prevent twisting
Clean components of chemical,
replace tube and ferrules according to
manual & confirm tube is centered
Check chemical compatibility
Clean injection fitting. Replace tube,
ferrules & duckbill according to manual
Clean injection fitting, ensure suction
line is 3" above tank bottom. Use
suction line strainer.
Replace duckbill. At every tube change,
replace duckbill & ferrules.
Reverse duckbill orientation
Clean roller assembly or replace,
do not lubricate
Do not store tubes in high temperatures
or in direct sunlight
Replace ferrule, beveled end faces pump
Firmly hold adapter and finger tighten nut.
Wrench tighten additional 1/2 turn.
Insert new ferrule into adapter or
replace adapter fitting
Replace if damaged or missing;
Reorient if incorrectly assembled;
gripper beveled end faces nut;
sleeve wider end faces gripper
0
Classic Series www.stenner.com

TUBE REPLACEMENT
(,& ❑ WARNING RISK OF CHEMICAL EXPOSURE
Q To reduce risk of exposure, check the pump tube regularly for leakage. At the first
sign of leakage, replace the pump tube.
Q To reduce risk of exposure, the use of proper personal protective equipment is
mandatory when working on or near chemical metering pumps.
A To reduce risk of exposure, and also prior to service, shipping, or storage, pump
generous amounts of water or a compatible buffer solution to remove chemical
from pump.
Q Consult chemical manufacturer and SIDS sheet for additional information and
precautions for the chemical in use.
0 Personnel should be skilled and trained in the proper safety and handling of the
chemicals in use.
Q Inspect tube frequently for leakage, deterioration, or wear. Schedule a regular pump
tube maintenance change to prevent chemical damage to pump and/or spillage.
0 A CAUTION PINCH POINT HAZARD
A Use extreme caution when replacing pump tube. Be careful of your fingers and
DO NOT place fingers near rollers.
(,& I ❑ WARNING HAZARDOUS PRESSURE/CHEMICAL EXPOSURE
A Use caution and bleed off all resident system pressure prior to attempting service
or installation.
Q Use caution when disconnecting discharge line from pump. Discharge may be under
pressure. Discharge line may contain chemical.
ONOTICE: Indicates special instructions or general mandatory action.
ODO NOT apply grease, oil, or lubricants to the pump tube or housing.
OPrior to pump tube replacement, inspect the entire pump head for cracks
or damaged components. Ensure rollers turn freely.
ORinse off chemical residue and clean all chemical and debris from pump head
components prior to tube replacement. Apply Aquashield' to main shaft
and tube housing cover bushing during tube replacement.
00 DO NOT pull excessively on pump tube. Avoid kinks or damage during
tube installation.
OInspect the suction and discharge lines, injection point (into pipe), and check valve
duckbill for blockages after any tube rupture. Clear or replace as required.
US and Canada 800.683.2378, International 904.641.1666 Classic Series

TUBE REPLACEMENT SINGLE HEAD PUMPS
PREPARATION
1. Follow all safety precautions prior to tube replacement.
2. Prior to service, pump water or a compatible buffer solution through the pump and
suction and discharge lines to remove chemical and avoid contact.
More on next page
0
Classic Series www.stenner.com

TUBE REPLACEMENT SINGLE HEAD PUMPS continued
REMOVE THE PUMP TUBE
ustable Model
■_EiIffi'iyriiliamndaYuumdiia u�aa�iLi_�i4i�
woe rimngy
Center of Roller Assembly E over Feet
� I� ' i tld uen is �laai ua:r�i itii:alinlud
1. Turn the pump off and unplug the power
cord. On the adjustable model, ensure that
the feed rate control is set to 10.
Illustration A
2. Depressurize and disconnect the suction
and discharge lines.
3. Open the latches on both sides of the
head. Illustration B
For CE pump only: Remove the safety
screw on cover.
4. Remove the tube housing cover and flip to
use as a tool in the next step. Illustration C
5. Position the cover feet at 10 o'clock.
Align the cover holes with the knurled lugs
on the roller assembly. Illustration D
NOTE: The roller assembly must be
collapsed to remove the tube.
More on next page
US and Canada 800.683.2378, International 904.641.1666 Classic Series m

TUBE REPLACEMENT SINGLE HEAD PUMPS continued
REMOVE THE PUMP TUBE continued
6. On the adjustable pump, hold the feed rate
control securely. On the fixed output pump
hold the motor securely. Use the tube cover
and quickly snap counterclockwise to
collapse the roller assembly. The tube will
no longer be pressed against the tube
housing wall. Illustration E
7. Remove and discard the pump tube.
Illustration F
8. Remove the roller assembly and housing.
On the adjustable pump also remove the
shaft. Set them aside to reinstall later.
9. Use a non -citrus all-purpose cleaner to
clean chemical residue from the tube
housing, roller assembly and cover.
10. Check the housing, cover and roller
assembly for cracks. Replace if cracked.
11. Ensure the rollers turn freely. Replace the
roller assembly if the rollers are seized or
worn or if there is a reduction or lack of
output from the pump. Illustration G
12. Reinstall the clean tube housing. On an
adjustable pump, also install the shaft into
the feed rate control.
13. Apply AquaShield' to the shaft tip.
14. Install the roller assembly.
More on next page
mClassic Series www.stenner.com

TUBE REPLACEMENT SINGLE HEAD PUMPS continued
INSTALL THE TUBE/EXPAND THE ROLLER ASSEMBLY
o e ❑
_ e
❑ ° Adjustable Model
m� ,3 Lugs
over
Feet
Center of Roller Assembly
1. Ensure the power to the pump is off and the
power cord is unplugged. On the adjustable
model, ensure that the feed rate control is
set to 10. Illustration H
2. Place the new tube in the pump head and
use your fingers to center it on the rollers.
Illustration 1
3. Place the tube housing cover (feet first) on
the tube housing, affix the front of the
latches to the cover lip and then press the
latches back to secure. Be sure the cover is
seated with the sleeve bearing on the shaft
and is flush with the housing before
latching. Illustration J
4. With the cover latched, plug the pump in
and turn the power on. Allow the pump to
run the roller assembly in its collapsed
position for approximately 2 to 4 minutes
to relax the tube.
5. Turn the pump off and unplug the
power cord.
6. Remove the tube housing cover and flip to
use as a tool in the next step. Illustration K
7. Position the cover feet near the tube
fittings. Align the cover holes with the
knurled lugs on the roller assembly.
Illustration L
More on next page
US and Canada 800.683.2378, International 904.641.1666 Classic Series

TUBE REPLACEMENT SINGLE HEAD PUMPS continued
INSTALL THE TUBE/EXPAND THE ROLLER ASSEMBLY continued
IMPORTANT: THE ROLLER ASSEMBLY MUST BE EXPANDED so the tube is pressed
against the tube housing wall.
Cover 8.
M Expand roller assembly
Cover Bushing
0
Expand roller assembly.
Adjustable Models
Hold the feed rate control securely, use the cover
and gently rotate the roller assembly clockwise
to expand the roller assembly. The tube will be
pressed against the tube housing wall.
Illustrations M & N
Proceed to step 9.
Fixed Output Models (motor vent with key
slot, manufactured after 04/29/11)
Key slot rQ Latch
a. Slide one latch out to remove it from the tube
housing. Insert the latch end into the key slot
in the vent in the rear of the motor housing.
Illustrations I & II
b. While pressing the latch into the rear of the
motor, hold the motor securely, use the cover
and gently rotate the roller assembly
clockwise to expand the roller assembly. The
tube will be pressed against the tube housing
wall. Illustrations M & N
c. Re -attach latch to the tube housing.
Proceed to step 9.
More on next page
® Classic Series www.stenner.com

TUBE REPLACEMENT SINGLE HEAD PUMPS continued
INSTALL THE TUBE/EXPAND THE ROLLER ASSEMBLY continued
Cover Bushing
0
0
I.iluui.juuI:J.
Cover Feet
9. Apply a small amount of AquaShield" to the
cover bushing ONLY. DO NOT lubricate the pump
tube. Illustration 0
10. Place the tube housing cover (feet first) on the
tube housing, affix the front of the latches to the
cover lip and then press the latches back to
secure. Be sure the cover is seated with the
sleeve bearing on the shaft and is flush with the
housing, before latching. Illustration P
More on next page
US and Canada 800.683.2378, International 904.641.1666 Classic Series

TUBE REPLACEMENT SINGLE HEAD PUMPS continued
CENTER THE TUBE
AFront
o a �ure Closelatch
1. Ensure the pump is off. Lift the latch located
between the tube fittings, leaving the end of
the latch engaged with the lip on the tube
housing cover. Leave the latch on the
opposite side closed. Illustration Q
2. Plug the pump in and turn it on. Turn the
tube fitting on the suction side not more
than 1/8 of a turn in the direction the tube
must move. Illustration R
3. DO NOT let go of the fitting until the tube
rides approximately in center of the rollers.
4. Turn the pump off, let go of the fitting, and
secure the latch between the fittings.
For CE pump only: Reinstall the safety
screw on the cover.
5. Inspect the suction and discharge lines,
point of injection, and check valve duckbill
for blockages. Clean all deposits and/or
replace parts as required and always
replace ferrules. Failure to do so may lead
to poor pump performance, including
shortened tube life.
6. Reconnect the suction and discharge lines.
DO NOT allow the tube fittings to turn
inside the pump housing.
7. Turn the pump on and run for two minutes
to verify operation.
mClassic Series www.stenner.com

CLEANING THE POINT OF INJECTION
ONOTICE: Indicates special instructions or general mandatory action.
OPumps rated 25 psi maximum are installed with an injection fitting and pumps rated
100 psi maximum are installed with a duckbill check valve. Both allow the extension
tip to be installed in the center of the pipe directly in the flow of water to help reduce
deposit accumulation.
! I ❑ WARNING Warns about hazards that CAN cause death, serious
personal injury, or property damage if ignored.
t0 This is the safety alert symbol. When displayed in this manual or on the
equipment, look for one of the following signal words alerting you to the
potential for personal injury or property damage.
!Q I ❑ WARNING I HAZARDOUS PRESSURE/CHEMICAL EXPOSURE
t0 Use caution and bleed off all resident system pressure prior to attempting service
or installation.
Q Use caution when disconnecting discharge line from pump. Discharge line may be
under pressure. Discharge line may contain chemical.
[0 To reduce risk of exposure, the use of proper personal protective equipment is
mandatory when working on or near chemical metering pumps.
Duckbill CieckValve
Injection Fitting
Check
i Valve Body
Duckbill 0�1
Areas that may clog
US and Canada 800.683.2378, International 904.641.1666 Classic Series

CLEANING THE POINT OF INJECTION continued
1. Turn metering pump off and unplug cord. Disable water pump or auxiliary equipment
electrical supply.
2. Depressurize system and bleed pressure from pump discharge line.
3. Loosen and remove connecting nut and ferrule from the check valve or injection
fitting to disconnect discharge tubing.
Duckbill Check Valve, go to 4.
Injection Fitting, skip 4 and go to 5.
4. Unscrew the top fitting (check valve body) to disassemble. The bottom fitting
(injection fitting with arrow) should remain attached to the pipe.
Remove duckbill from check valve body and replace it.
• Examine o-ring in the injection fitting and replace if deteriorated or damaged.
5. Insert a #2 Phillips head screwdriver through injection fitting into the pipe to locate
or break up accumulated deposits. If screwdriver cannot be inserted, drill the deposit
out of the injection fitting (DO NOT drill through the opposite pipe wall).
More on next page
Clean out accumulated
deposits with a #2 Phillips
head screwdriver.
Periodic inspection and cleaning of the point
of injection will maintain proper pump
operation and provide maximum tube life.
mClassic Series www.stenner.com

CLEANING THE POINT OF INJECTION continued
6. Replace discharge line if cracked or deteriorated. If the end is clogged, cut off the
calcified or blocked section of discharge line.
7. Duckbill Check Valve
a. Reassemble the duckbill check valve.
b. Replace ferrule and reinstall the discharge line to the check valve approximately
3/4" until it stops.
Injection Fitting
Replace ferrule and reinstall the discharge line to the injection fitting
approximately 3/4" until it stops.
8. Tighten the connecting nut finger tight.
9. Enable the water pump electrical supply and pressurize the water system.
NOTE: The roller assembly needs to be expanded so the tube is pressed against the
tube housing wall.
10. Put the metering pump back in service and inspect all connections for leaks.
Cut off the calcified or blocked section.
US and Canada 800.683.2378, International 904.641.1666 Classic Series

MOTOR EXPLODED VIEW
Rain Roo
it I
l
f I
Power Cord
Motor Cover with Cord
Strain Relief Bushing
Coil Screw G with Lock Washer
On -Off Switch Plate Coil
}I
Toggle Switch Motor Base
Screw D
Switch Boot
Motor Base Mounting Bracket
Contact factory for part numbers.
Rotor Assembly with
Bearings, Brackets,
Tolerance Rings & Fan Gear Post
/ Metal Reduction Gear
Phenolic Gear
with Spacer Cover Screw B
Motor Shaft
Thrust Washer with Gear
Gear Case
Gear Case Cover
Pressure Spring (adjustable models only)
MClassic Series www.stenner.com

101DIX-111m
4z�
�
Motor Base
MOTOR 60Hz
Pressure Spring
Motor (Adjustable Models Only)
DESCRIPTION
WORKS WITH
PART NUMBER
UM
120V
PM6041D
EA
Classic Adjustable 45, 100
220V
PM6042D
EA
120V
PM6081D
EA
Classic Adjustable 85, 170
220V
PM6082D
EA
120V
ME6041D
EA
Classic Fixed 45
220V
ME6042D
EA
120V
ME6081D
EA
Classic Fixed 85
220V
ME6082D
EA
120V
DM6041D
EA
Classic Fixed 100
220V
DM6042D
EA
120V
DM6081D
EA
Classic Fixed 170
220V
DM6082D
EA
US and Canada 800.683.2378, International 904.641.1666 Classic Series m

MOTOR 50Hz International
4:1�
�
Motor Base
MOTOR 50Hz International
4�
Pressure Spring
Motor (Adjustable Models Only)
DESCRIPTION
WORKS WITH
PART NUMBER
UM
23OV
PM64230
EA
Classic Adjustable 45, 100
25OV
PM6426D
EA
23OV
PM68230
EA
Classic Adjustable 85, 170
250V
PM6826D
EA
230V
ME64230
EA
Classic Fixed 45
250V
ME6426D
EA
230V
ME68230
EA
Classic Fixed 85
25OV
ME6826D
EA
23OV
DM64230
EA
Classic Fixed 100
250V
DM64250
EA
230V
DM68230
EA
Classic Fixed 170
250V
DM68250
EA
aClassic Series www.stenner.com

MOTOR SERVICE KITS
4/ Wire Nuts Coil Ground Screw E
Coil Screw G with
Lock Washer
Rotor Assembly & Fan
MOTOR SERVICE KIT 60HZ
DESCRIPTION
120V
220V
PART NUMBER UM
MSK120 KIT
MSK220 KIT
AquaShield'" Phenolic Gear with Spacer
I { Motor Shaft with Gear
Metal Reduction Gear /
Gear Posts Cover Screw B
GEAR CASE SERVICE KIT
WORKS WITH
PART NUMBER
UM
Classic Adjustable 45, 100
GSK45A
KIT
Classic Adjustable 85, 170
GSK85A
KIT
Classic Fixed 45
GSK45F
KIT
Classic Fixed 85
GSK85F
KIT
US and Canada 800.683.2378, International 904.641.1666 Classic Series m

FEED RATE CONTROL EXPLODED VIEW
FRC Screw A
P,
Fee(
Mou
Dial Ring
Variable Cam Index Spider
Index Pin Lifter Feed Rate Housing
Index Pin Spring Mounting Rivet
a ° a
gip$
Index Pin
/ u Main Shaft Single
Head/Adjustable
'in Holder Index Plate Output
4
Main Shaft
Double Head/
Adjustable Output
Main Shaft Dual Head
Dual Control/
Adjustable Output
Contact factory for part numbers.
aClassic Series www.stenner.com

FEED RATE CONTROL AND SERVICE KIT
FEED RATE CONTROL WITH SHAFT
WORKS WITH
Classic Adjustable 45, 85
Classic Adjustable 100, 170
Classic Dual Control 100, 170
AquaShiel\
Index Plate
f
Lifter/ \
FEED RATE CONTROL SERVICE KIT
WORKS WITH
Classic Adjustable 45, 85, 100, 170
Screw A
Variable Cam
PART NUMBER
UM
FC5040D
EA
DM5040D
EA
DM504DC
EA
PART NUMBER UM
FSK100 KIT
US and Canada 800.683.2378, International 904.641.1666 Classic Series m

PUMP HEAD EXPLODED VIEW
Tube Housing with Latches Rol I er Assembly Pump Tube
PUMP HEAD PARTS
DESCRIPTION
Tube Housing & Latches
Latches
Roller Assembly
Tube Housing Cover & Bushing
0
D
0
Tube Housing Cover
EA 2-PK 4-PK
QP400-1 QP400-2 ---
---- QP401-2 ---
QP500-1 - QP500-4
QP100-1 --- QP100-4
mClassic Series www.stenner.com

PUMP HEAD
PUMP HEAD 25 psi max.
Includes tube, ferrules 1/4"
DESCRIPTION EA
#1 Santoprene' QP Pump Head QP251-1
#2 Santoprene' QP Pump Head QP252-1
#3 Santoprene® QP Pump Head QP253-1
#4 Santoprene' QP Pump Head QP254-1
#5 Santoprene' QP Pump Head QP255-1
#1 Versilon' QP Pump Head QP25T1-1
#2 Versilon' QP Pump Head QP25T2-1
#3 Versilon' QP Pump Head QP25T3-1
#4 Versilon' QP Pump Head QP25T4-1
#5 Versilon' QP Pump Head I QP25T5-1
PUMP HEAD 100 psi max.
Includes tube, duckbill, ferrules 1/4"
DESCRIPTION EA
#1 Santoprene' QP Pump Head QP101-1
#2 Santoprene' QP Pump Head QP102-1
#7 Santoprene' QP Pump Head QP107-1
(excludes Classic 100 or 170)
#1 Versilon' QP Pump Head QP10T1-1
#2 Versilon' QP Pump Head I QP1OT2-1
Refer to the FLOW RATE OUTPUT chart
to match the pump with the correct tube
PUMP HEAD 1.7 bar max. EUROPE
Includes tube, ferrules 6 mm
2-PK DESCRIPTION EA 2-PK
QP251-2 #1 Santoprene' QP Pump Head QP171-1 QP171-2
QP252-2 #2 Santoprene® QP Pump Headl QP172-1 QP172-2
QP253-2 #3 Santoprene' QP Pump Head QP173-1 QP173-2
QP254-2 #4 Santoprene' QP Pump Head QP174-1 QP174-2
QP255-2 #5 Santoprene® QP Pump Head QP175-1 QP175-2
---- #1 Versilon' QP Pump Head QP17T1-1 -----
---- #2 Versilon' QP Pump Head QP17T2-1 -----
---- #3 Versilon' QP Pump Head QP17T3-1 -----
---- #4 Versilon' QP Pump Head QP17T4-1 -----
---- #5 Versilon' QP Pump Head QP17T5-1 -----
PUMP HEAD 6.9 bar max. EUROPE
Includes tube, duckbill, ferrules 6 mm
DESCRIPTION EA
#1 Santoprene' QP Pump Head QP691-1
#2 Santoprene® QP Pump Head QP692-1
#7 Santoprene® QP Pump Head QP697-1
(excludes Classic 100 or 170)
#1 Versilon' QP Pump Head I QP69T1-1
#2 Versilon' QP Pump Head I QP69T2-1
NOTE: Confirm chemical compatibility with the chemical resistance guide in the catalog.
US and Canada 800.683.2378, International 904.641.1666 Classic Series a

PUMP HEAD SERVICE KITS
90
Latches
Roller Assembly
u a
Ferrules 1/4" or 6 mm Europe Connecting Nuts 1/4"
Pump Tube Duckbill
(100 psi)
PUMP HEAD SERVICE KIT 25 psi max.
PUMP HEAD SERVICE KIT 1.7 bar max. EUROPE
Includes roller assembly, tube, nuts, ferrules 1/4, latches
Includes roller assembly, tube, nuts, ferrules 6 mm, latches
DESCRIPTION
KIT
DESCRIPTION KIT
#1 Santoprene® QP Kit
QP251K
#1 Santoprene® QP Kit QP171K
#2 Santoprene® QP Kit
#3 Santoprene® QP Kit
QP252K
QP253K
#4 Santoprene® QP Kit
QP254K
#5 Santoprene® QP Kit
#1 Versilon® QP Kit
QP255K
QP25T1K
#2 Versilon® QP Kit
QP25T2K
#3 Versilon® QP Kit
#4 Versilon®QP Kit
QP25T3K
QP25T4K
#5 Versilon® QP Kit
QP25T5K
PUMP HEAD SERVICE KIT 100 psi max.
Includes roller assembly, tube, duckbill, nuts, ferrules
1/4", latches
DESCRIPTION
KR
#1 Santoprene® QP Kit
QP101K
#2 Santoprene® QP Kit
QP102K
#7 Santoprene® QP Kit
QP107K
#1 Versilon® QP Kit
QP10T1K
#2 Versilon® QP Kit
QP10T2K
#2 Santoprene® QP Kit
QP172K
#3 Santoprene® QP Kit
QP173K
#4 Santoprene® QP Kit
QP174K
#5 Santoprene® QP Kit
QP175K
#1 Versilon® QP Kit
QP17T1K
#2 Versilon® QP Kit
QP17T2K
#3 Versilon® QP Kit
QP17T3K
#4 Versilon®QP Kit
QP17T4K
#5 Versilon® QP Kit
QP17T5K
PUMP HEAD SERVICE KIT 6.9 bar max. EUROPE
Includes roller assembly, tube, duckbill, nuts,
ferrules 6 mm, latches
DESCRIPTION KIT
#1 Santoprene® QP Kit QP691K
#2 Santoprene® QP Kit
QP692K
#7 Santoprene® QP Kit
QP697K
#1 Versilon® QP Kit
QP69T1K
#2 Versilon® QP Kit
NOTE: Confirm chemical compatibility with the chemical resistance guide in the catalog.
QP69T2K
aClassic Series www.stenner.com

PUMP TUBES
pq
Refer to the FLOW RATE OUTPUT chart
to match the pump with the correct tube
1 } Tube number located on fitting
PUMP TUBE Includes ferrules 1/4"
PUMP TUBE EUROPE Includes ferrules 6 mm
DESCRIPTION
2-PK
5-PK
DESCRIPTION
2-PK 5-PK
#1 Santoprene®Tube
UCCP201
MCCP201
#1 Santoprene®Tube
UCCP210E MCCP210E
#2 Santoprene°Tube
UCCP202
MCCP202
#2 Santoprene®Tube
UCCP210E MCCP210E
#3 Santoprene'Tube
UCCP203
MCCP203
#3 Santoprene®Tube
UCCP23CE MCCP23CE
#4Santoprene®Tube
UCCP204
MCCP204
#4Santoprene®Tube
UCCP24CE MCCP24CE
#5Santoprene°Tube
UCCP205
MCCP205
#5Santoprene®Tube
UCCP25CEIMCCP25CE
#7Santoprene°Tube
UCCP207
MCCP207
#7Santoprene®Tube
UCCP27CE MCCP27CE
(excludes Classic 100 or 170)
(excludes Classic 100 or 170)
#1Versilon°Tube
UCTYGO1
MCTYG01
#1Versilon®Tube
UCTYICE MCTYICE
#2Versilon®Tube
UCTYG02
MCTYG02
#2Versilon®Tube
UCTY2CE MCTY2CE
#3Versilon®Tube
UCTYGO3
MCTYG03
#3Versilon®Tube
UCTY3CE MCTY3CE
#4Versilon®Tube
UCTYG04
MCTYG04
#4Versilon®Tube
UCTY4CE
MCTY4CE
#5Versilon®Tube
UCTYG05
MCTYG05
#5Versilon®Tube
UCTY5CE MCTY5CE
PUMP TUBE & DUCKBILL
PUMP TUBE & DUCKBILL EUROPE
Includes ferrules 1/4"
Includes ferrules 6 mm
DESCRIPTION
2-PK
DESCRIPTION
2-PK
#1 Santoprene®Tube & Duckbill
UCCIFD
#1 Santoprene®Tube & Duckbill
UCIFDCE
#2 Santoprene®Tube & Duckbill
UCCP2FD
#2 Santoprene®Tube & Duckbill
UC2FDCE
#7 Santoprene°Tube & Duckbill
UCCP7FD
#7 Santoprene®Tube & Duckbill
UC7FDCE
(excludes Classic 100 or 170)
(excludes Classic 100 or 170)
#1 Versilon®Tube & Duckbill
UCTYIFD
1UCTY2FD
#1 Versilon®Tube & Duckbill
UCTYIDCE
#2 Versilon®Tube & Duckbill
#2 Versilon®Tube & Duckbill
UCTY2DCE
NOTE: Confirm chemical compatibility with the chemical resistance guide in the catalog.
US and Canada 800.683.2378, International 904.641.1666 Classic Series W

INJECTION FITTINGS & CHECK VALVES
1/4" Duckbill Check Valve 3/8" Duckbill Check Valve 6 mm Duckbill Check Valve
INJECTION FITTINGS 25 psi max.
DESCRIPTION EA 5-PK
1/4" Injection Fitting with Nut & Ferrule UCAK3O0 MCAK3OO
3/8" Injection Fitting with Nut UCAK4OO
INJECTION FITTINGS 1.7 bar max. EUROPE
DESCRIPTION EA
6 mm Injection Fitting with Nut & Ferrule �UCAK3CE
DUCKBILL CHECK VALVES 100 psi max.
DESCRIPTION
EA
5-PK
1/4" Includes Santoprene® Duckbill, Nut, Ferrule
UCDBINJ
MCDBINJ
1/4" Includes Pellethane® Duckbill, Nut, Ferrule
UCTYINJ
MCTYINJ
1/4" Includes FKM Duckbill, Nut, Ferrule
UCKMINJ
MCKMINJ
3/8" Includes Santoprene® Duckbill, Nut
UCINJ38
MCINJ38
3/8" Includes Pellethane® Duckbill, Nut
UCTYIJ38
MCTYIJ38
3/8" Includes FKM Duckbill, Nut
UCKM138
MCKM138
DUCKBILL CHECK VALVES 6.9 bar max. EUROPE
DESCRIPTION
EA
5-PK
6 mm Includes Santoprene° Duckbill, Nut, Ferrule
UCINJCE
MCINJCE
6 mm Includes Pellethane° Duckbill, Nut, Ferrule
UCTINJCE
MCTINJCE
6 mm Includes FKM Duckbill, Nut, Ferrule
UCKMJCE
MCKMJCE
NOTE: Confirm chemical compatibility with the chemical resistance guide in the catalog.
mClassic Series www.stenner.com

FOR YOUR RECORDS
Pump Item Number
Serial Number
Date of Installation
US and Canada 800.683.2378, International 904.641.1666 Classic Series m

I I 1
STENNER PUMP COMPANY
3174 DeSalvo Road
Jacksonville, Florida 32246
USA
Phone [phone]
US Toll Free 800.683.2378
Fax [phone]
[e-mail]
www.stenner.com
Hours (EST)
Mon. -Fri. 7:00 am-8:00 pm
ME Assembled in the USA
@ Stenner Pump Company
All Rights Reserved
IMCL020223

Es9�1d7R01��
ULTRAVIOLET WATER PURIFIERS
I
RTLRNTIC I ULTRRVIOLET
CORPORATION

GERMICIDAL ULTRAVIOLET
Effective
Virtually all microorganisms are
susceptible to SANITRON° ultraviolet
disinfection.
Economical
Hundreds of gallons are purified for
each penny of operating cost.
Safe
No danger of overdosing, no
addition of chemicals.
Fast
Water is ready for use as soon as
it leaves the purifier — no further
contact time required.
Easy
Simple installation and
maintenance. Compact units
require minimum space.
Automatic
Provides continuous or intermittent
disinfection without special
attention or measurement.
Chemical Free
No chlorine taste or corrosion
problems.
Versatile
Capacities available from 2 to 416
gallons per minute (g.p.m.).
Ultraviolet water purification is a unique
and rapid method of water disinfection
without the use of heat or chemicals.
SANITRON° Ultraviolet Purifiers utilize
germicidal ultraviolet lamps that produce
short wave radiation lethal to bacteria,
viruses and other microorganisms
present in water.
Through the years ultraviolet technology
has become well established as a
method of choice for effective and
economical water disinfection.
SANITRON° Ultraviolet Water Purifiers are
the ideal solution for an ever growing
range of water treatment applications.
(For larger capacities please refer to our 4
MEGATRONTI Ultraviolet Water
Disinfection catalog.)
2

PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION ABOUT US
Since 1963, Atlantic Ultraviolet
Corporation has pioneered the
discovery and development of
GERMICIDAL LAMP IN QUARTZ SLEEVE
HEAD CLAMP beneficial uses of ultraviolet energy.
ULTRAViQLET RAYS
5QUTLET Over the years these efforts have
REMOVEABLE INLET led to the development of valuable,
HEAD @3 SIGHT—
EASY-OFFPORT cost effective and environmentally
END CAP f� sound techniques and products
WIPER 4 now known and respected
LOCK �l
"� ►` throughout the world.
r ® Atlantic Ultraviolet s application
�. specialists assist customers in the
4�WIPER - f selection of germicidal lamps and
KNOB DRAIN WIPER
Roo (g)PATENTED equipment. Their specialized
TSTAINLESS WIPER
STEEL MECHANISM knowledge is a valuable resource in
CHAMBER
"'12GPM formulating effective and cost -
ELECTRICAL conscious ultraviolet solutions.
ENCLOSURE
Extensive inventories and a
dedicated staff enable Atlantic
C The water enters the purifier and flows into the annular space
between the quartz sleeve and the chamber wall. Ultraviolet to fulfill its commitment to
2� The wiper segments induce turbulence in the flowing liquid to provide fast deliveries and respon-
assure uniform exposure of suspended microorganisms to the lethal
sive customer service.
ultraviolet rays.
0 Translucent sight port provides positive indication of germicidal lamp
operation.
�4) The wiper assembly facilitates periodic cleaning of the quartz sleeve
without any disassembly or interruption of purifier operation.
0 Water leaving the purifier is instantly ready for use.
3

COMMERCIAL & INDUSTRIAL
Flexibility
System components are readily
reconfigured to meet changing
flow and process requirements.
Independent Monitoring
Single lamp chamber design
enables separate output moni-
toring of each ultraviolet lamp.
Standby Capacity
Reserve chambers permit shut- t_
down or replacement of individual
components without interruption of
service.
Shown with supplied Interconnect Piping, optional Guardianr"' Digital Ultraviolet
Monitor, solenoid Valve, Flow Control Valve and customer supplied Piping, Union
and Shut Off Valve.
peaa p ions �, .�
Protective Coating - for seawater vp
& corrosive environments.
Sanitary & Custom Fittings - for
system compatibility. Special
Configurations - for TOC and "' e3 GPI°°�
ozone reduction.
GALLONS GALLONS C T UNIT DIMENSIONS SHIPPING DATA
MODEL PER PER INLET AND REPLACEMENT POWER (Inches) (Ibs.)
MINUTE HOUR OUTLET LAMP(S) CONSUMPTION Length Width Height Gross Wt. Net Wt.
T
SS,OOOC 83 5,000
n
S I 0,000C 166 10,000
O
S 15,000C 250 15,000
S20,OOOC 333 20,000
O
525,000C 416 25,000
CTwo S2400C's connected in series, 1 inlet and 1 outlet.
(ZTwo S5,000C's connected in parallel, 2 inlets and 2 outlets.
OThree S5,000C's connected in parallel, 3 inlets and 3 outlets.
0Four S5,000C's connected in parallel, 4 inlets and 4 outlets.
(5)Five S5,000C's connected in parallel, 5 inlets and 5 outlets.
QC,All inlets and outlets are male pipe threads.
Total power consumption including ballast loss.
2" NPT 05-131 1 (2) 280 Watts 5278 17 15 116 85
2" NPT 05-131 1 (4) 560 Watts 52'/8 21'/8 34'/4 267 188
2" NPT 05-131 1 (6) 840 Watts 52'/s 21'/s 53'/4 400 263
2" NPT 05-131 1 (8) 1 120 Watts 52'/s 21'/e 713/4 534 396
2" NPT 05-131 1 (10) 1400 Watts 52'/8 21'/8 903/4 670 520
• Maximum recommended operating pressure for all purifiers is 100 PSI.
• Pressure drop at maximum recommended flow rate is less than 5 PSI.
• Flow rates are based on Maximum Concentration Levels, shown on page 7.
• 120 Volt 60 Hz and 220 Volt 50 Hz units are standard.
• SANITRON® is available for operation on public power supplied throughout the world.
• Consult factory with specific power requirements.
4

SPECIAL FEATURES
QUICK LAMP CHANGE
Exclusive Easy -Off rM Retainer Cap enables
effortless lamp replacement without shut
down of water pressure or drainage of tank.
No tools required.
REMOVABLE FLANGED HEAD
Units disassemble completely and
easily in the event that repairs are
necessary. No special tools or
fixtures required.
(Models S2400C and larger
feature dual removable heads.)
T
LDRAIN PLUG
Convenient, in -place
drainage of purifier chamber.
—WIPER LOCK
Locks wiper mechanism
in retracted position.
— PATENTED DUAL ACTION
WIPER MECHANISM
Facilitates periodic cleaning of quartz
sleeve without interruption of purifier
operation. No disassembly required.
Complies with U.S. Public Health Guidelines.
SIGHT PORT PLUG
Visible glow provides positive indication
of germicidal lamp operation,
s
Made! S2400C
40 GPM
—STAINLESS STEEL CONSTRUCTION
Chamber, head and clamp are electropolished
and passivated stainless steel for an attractive
finish and dependable service.
(Models S17A, S23A, S37C, S50C, S2400C and
larger are manufactured in Type 316 Stainless Steel,
Model S14A is manufactured in Type 304
Stainless Steel.)
INSTALLATION & MAINTENANCE
The purifier is installed as close as possible to the point of use. Connection of the inlet and
outlet to water supply and insertion of plug into 3-wire grounded outlet is all that is required.
Ordinary maintenance consists of cleaning the quartz sleeve with the manual wiper once
monthly or more frequently where conditions dictate. Lamp replacement is recommended
every 10,000 hours of operation (approximately 14 months of continuous service).

OPTIONAL
MONITORING OPTIONS ACCESSORIES
The STERALERTTM lamp status alarm monitors visible light Audio Alarm
Good emitted through the sight port plug of the water purifier and activates Activated by the Sentry —
an audible alarm when visible light falls below acceptable levels. or Guardian'"- alerts user
to any malfunction detected.
• Easy installation, no tools. • Monitors visible light only; does
• Mounts on the sight port plug. not monitor ultraviolet intensity.
• Warns of lamp or power failure. • Operates on a 9v battery or
��IeC • Produces a high frequency optional 120v 60Hz Power
tone pulse at two to three Adapter, specify when ordering.
cycles per second. • Available for use with all models. Elapsed Time
Indicator
Real-time, non-resettable
display of accumulated
Better The SENTRYTM safety sensor provides constant monitoring operating hours.
of the water purifier's ballast and germicidal lamp operation. Indicator
lights provide visual indication of ballast and germicidal lamp status.
�� • Easy installation. • Easily adaptable for use with
• I--! 58VT ° •Plug SentryTM into an electrical other water purifier brands. Solenoid Valves
may/ i- outlet, then plug water purifier • Available in 120v 50/60Hz and Operates with the
into Sentry'"". 220 - 240v 50/60Hz, specify - Guardian"" or Sentry,"
• Operates optional Solenoid when ordering. and prevents flow during
Valve and/or Audio Alarm. • Available for use with all models. detected malfunctions.
t� • Warns of lamp failure. Available in nylon or brass.
Best
Time Delay
Mechanism
' . Operates with Guardian""
Z. or Sentry"" and solenoid
valve to provide a 2-minute
quo ,w - warm-up period for lamp
to achieve full germicidal
'nab � ' ' ��!" output.
Digital4(k"_
Rfgffal Rernate
The GUARDIANT^" Ultraviolet Monitor visually indicates the level of germicidal ultraviolet Flow Control Valves
energy that penetrates the quartz sleeve and the water within the disinfection chamber. The Limits water flow to rated
GUARDIAN'" Ultraviolet Monitor is capable of operating an optional Audio Alarm and capacities. Available in PVC
Solenoid Valve. In addition, the GUARDIANT" Ultraviolet Monitor will detect loss of ultraviolet and stainless steel.
due to lamp outage, component or power failure. Use of the Ultraviolet Monitor is recommended
by the US Public Health Service "Criteria for the Acceptability of an Ultraviolet Disinfection Unit".
The GUARDIAN T" Ultraviolet Monitor will detect reduction of ultraviolet levels due to:
1. Fouling or deposits on quartz sleeve. Wall Mounting Kit
2. Poor ultraviolet transmission through the water. (Color, turbidity, organic or other impurities in Stainless steel material
the water can reduce or interfere with the transmission of ultraviolet rays.) provides professional finish.
3. Depreciation of lamp output due to usage or other cause. (Lamp output gradually depreciates Pre -drilled and ready for
with use. Lamp replacement is recommended once each year.) quick and easy mounting of
The GUARDIANT" Ultraviolet Monitor has three models; Analog, Digital and Digital water purifier. Optimizes
Remote. Voltage Configurations include 120V / 50 or 60Hz, 220-240V 150 or 60 Hz, or 12VDC. free air circulation to cool
Contact factory for special requirements. NOTE: GUARDIANT" Ultraviolet Monitor (analog, ballast housing.
digital or digital remote) can be purchased and installed with the water purifier or at a later date for LA�,
an existing installation.
The GUARDIAN'" Ultraviolet Analog and Digital Monitors are mounted directly on to the Quantum Thermal
water purifier. The sensor probe (included) is threaded into the sight port fitting of the ultraviolet Optimizer
water purifier. The aluminum collar on the bottom of the GUARDIANTI Ultraviolet Analog or T= Used to help regulate the
Digital Monitor is secured over the sensor probe. t water temperature inside
The GUARDIAN'" Ultraviolet Digital Remote Monitor is intended for use in a location the purifier's chamber.
away from the water purifier that is being monitored. In all other respects, the remote
GUARDIANT" behaves the same as the standard GUARDIANT". Mounted on the back of
the remote monitor is a socket into which the lead from an ultraviolet sensor is connected. Instead

WATER QUALITY
RECOMMENDATIONS STANDARD MODELS
Maximum Concentration Levels
Before Ultraviolet
Turbidity
5 NTU
Suspended Solids
10 mg/L
Color
None
Iron
0.3 mg/L
Manganese
0.05 mg/L
pH
6.5 - 9.5
Hardness
6 gUg
Effectively treating water with
higher concentration levels than
listed above can be accom-
plished, but may require added
measures to improve water
quality to treatable levels.
Mode1S37C
12 GPM
t
GALLONS
GALLONS
Di
0 UNIT DIMENSIONS
SHIPPING DATA
MODEL PER
PER
INLET AND
REPLACEMENT POWER (Inches)
(Ibs.)
MINUTE
HOUR
OUTLET
LAMPS CONSUMPTION Length Width
Height
Gross Wt. Net Wt.
S14A 2
120
1/2" NPT
05-1400 14 Watts 16'/e 46/16
8'/16
11
7
S 17A 3
180
3/4" NPT
05-1098 18 Watts 191e 46/16
8'/16
11
8
S23A 6
360
3/4" NPT
05-1097 24 Watts 253/8 46/16
83/16
14
14
S37C 12
720
1" NPT
05-1343 44 Watts 393/8 5''/16
91/2
30
30
S50C 20
1,200
1 1/2" NPT
05-1334 54 Watts 523/e 511/16
91/'
36
36
52400C 40
2,400
2" NPT
05-131 1 140 Watts 521/e 08
1 1'/2
49
36
0 All inlets and outlets are male pipe threads.
Maximum recommended operating pressure for all purifiers is 100 PSI
O Total power consumption including
ballast loss
Pressure drop at maximum recommended flow rate is less than 5 PSI
(approximate).
Flow rates are based on Maximum Concentration Levels.
• 120 Volt 60 Hz and 220 Volt 50 Hz units are standard.
• 12 and 24 Volt DC units also available.
• SANITRON® is available for operation on public power supplied through out the world.
• Consult factory with specific power requirements.
7

ULTRAVIOLET DOSAGE
Germicidal lamps provide effective protection against microorganisms. A small cross-section is shown below.
ORGANISM
ALTERNATE NAME
TYPE
DISEASE
DOSE*
Bacillus subtilis spores
B. subtilis
Bacteria
22,000
Bacteriophage
Phage
Virus
6,600
Coxsackie virus
Virus
Intestinal infection
6,300
Shigella spores
Bacteria
Bacterial Dysentery
4,200
Escherichia coli
E. coli
Bacteria
Food poisoning
6,600
Fecal coliform
Bacteria
Intestinal infection
6,600
Hepatitis A virus
Infectious Hepatitis virus
Virus
Hepatitis of the liver
8,000
Influenza virus
Flu virus
Virus
Influenza
6,600
Legionella pneumophila
Bacteria
Legionnaires' Disease
12,300
Salmonella typhi
Bacteria
Typhoid Fever
7,000
Staphylococcus oureus
Staph
Bacteria
Food poisoning, Toxic Shock Syndrome, etc.
6,600
Streptococcus spores
Strep
Bacteria
Strep throat
3,800
When used as directed to disinfect clear water, SANITRON® Water Purifiers provide an ultraviolet dosage in excess
of 30,000 microwatt seconds per square centimeter (/jWSec/cml).
* Nominal Ultraviolet dosage (/-iWSec/cm2) necessary to inactivate better than 99% of specific microorganism.
Consult factory for more complete listing.
OPERATING CHARACTERISTICS
100
80
60
Z
Z 40
20
Relative Spectral Energy
Distribution (Typical)
C
u's
N
E
E—�
-
N .O
10
Ln
N
M M
0
200nm 300nm 400nm 500nm 600nm
WAVELENGTH (NANOMETERS)
100
N
W 80
Z
LU
U 60
W
LL
W 40
1—
g 20
Germicidal Effectiveness
As Related to Wavelength
0
200nm 225nm 250nm 275nm 300nm
WAVELENGTH (NANOMETERS)
8

GENUINE STER-L-RAYTMGERMICIDAL LAMPS
STER-L-RAYT"Germicidal Lamps are shortwave, low pressure mercury
vapor discharge tubes that produce ultraviolet wavelengths lethal to
microorganisms.
Slimtine Germicidal [.amps
STER-L-RAYT"" Germicidal Lamps are well suited to applications requiring
high ultraviolet intensity such as water sterilization.
y.
STER-L-RAYT"' Slimline Germicidal Lamps are instant starting and utilize
a coil filament on each end which operates hot. Lamp life is governed by
the life of the electrodes and is affected by the frequency of starting. W
STER-L-RAYTM Preheat Germicidal Lamps are operated by a preheat -start Preheat Germicidal Lamps
circuit that employs a compact and economical ballast. The preheat circuit
requires four electrical connections per lamp and a slight to moderate
delay is needed to start the lamp.
Tti J
STER-L-RAYT"" High Output Germicidal Lamps yield 1/3 to 2/3 more •+�,�-
ultraviolet output than standard lamps of the same length. Ballasts are
available in 120v and 220v.
STER-L-RAYS"" and the STER-L-RAYr" logo are trademarks of Atlantic Ultraviolet Corporation. Nigh Output GX Germicir3at La
CAUTION: Exposure to direct or reflected germicidal ultraviolet rays will cause painful eye irritation and reddening
of the skin. Personnel subject to such exposure must wear suitable faceshield, gloves and protective clothing.
Hg - LAMP CONTAINS MERCURY, manage in accord with disposal laws, see: www.lamprecycle.org.
�i
GERMICIDAL LAMP DATA
C n
Lamp Purifier Nominal Power Ultraviolet Rated
Number Model No. Lamp Length Consumption Output Effective Life
05-1400 S 14A 815/16" (227mm) 10 Watts 2.3 Watts 10,000 Hrs.
05-1098 S 17A 1 1'/8 (302mm) 14 Watts 3.7 Watts 10,000 Hrs.
05-1097 S23A 173/4' (451mm) 20 Watts 6.4 Watts 10,000 Hrs.
05-1343 S37C 331/8 (860mm) 39 Watts 13.8 Watts 10,000 Hrs.
05-1334 S50C 45/8 (1 I65mm) 50 Watts 19.3 Watts 10,000 Hrs.
05-131 1 C S2400C 461/4" (1 175mm) 110 Watts 42 Watts 10,000 Hrs.
Wattage is lamp watts only and does not include ballast loss (approximate).
Maximum rated output at 254 nanometers.
Patented by Atlantic Ultraviolet Corporation.
9

.y
a
Model S10,000C %
166 GPM
Shawn with supplied Interconnect Piping, optional Guardian'"' Digital Ultraviolet
Solenoid Valve, Flow Control Valve and customer supplied Manifolds, Piping,
Shut Off Valve.
Is
�► The information and recommendations contained in this publication are based upon data collected by the
Atlantic Ultraviolet Corporation and are believed to be correct. However, no guarantee or warranty of any
kind, expressed or implied, is made with respect to the information contained herein. Specifications and
www. ultraviolet. Ci oI I ■m information are subject to change without notice.

ULTRAVIOLET WATER PURIFIERS
Models S2400C, S5,000C — S253000C
High Capacity Systems
Read and Follow All Safety Instructions. Save These Instructions.
9 SINCE 1963
ATLANTIC U ULTRRVIOLET
CORPORATION'
Manufacturers / Engineers / Sates / Service
Germicidal Ultraviolet - Equipment & Lamps
375 Marcus Boulevard • Hauppauge, NY 11788
631.273.0500 • Fax: [phone]
Email: [e-mail]
Ultraviolet.com • BuyUltraviolet.com
Installation,
Operation
& Maintenance
Extensive Product Information Available at:
ultraviolet.com
buyultraviolet.com
Document No. 98-1132F - July 2017 • @2017 Atlantic Ultraviolet Corporation' • MADE IN THE USA
C E

TABLE OF CONTENTS
SAFETYWARNINGS.......................................................................................................................................................................3
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS..............................................................................................................................................................3
SAFETYLABELING........................................................................................................................................................................3
CAUTION...........................................................................................................................................................................................3
PRODUCTAPPLICATION.............................................................................................................................................................4
CONSTRUCTION.................................................................................................................................................................................................... 4
PRINCIPLEOF OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................................................... 4
LIMITATIONOF USE.............................................................................................................................................................................................. 4
WATERQUALITY................................................................................................................................................................................................. 4
INSTALLATION...............................................................................................................................................................................5
LOCATION.........................................................................................................................................................................................5
INSTALLATION............................................................................................................................................................................... 6-7
RECOMMENDEDOPTIONS................................................................................................................................................................7-8
MAINTENANCE...............................................................................................................................................................................8
INSPECTION.......................................................................................................................................................................................8
DISPOSALOF MERCURY ADDED LAMP................................................................................................................................................9
QUARTZ SLEEVE CLEANING USING WIPER MECHANISM........................................................................................................................9
LAMP INSTALLATION OR REPLACEMENT............................................................................................................................................. 10
QUARTZ SLEEVE INSTALLATION OR REPLACEMENT.............................................................................................................................I I
REPLACEMENT OF BROKEN QUARTZ SLEEVE......................................................................................................................................12
CLEANING OF OPTIONAL GUARDIANT"' ULTRAVIOLET MONITOR SENSOR PROBE...................................................................................13
TROUBLESHOOTING..................................................................................................................................................................14
OPTIONALACCESSORIES.........................................................................................................................................................14
TECHNICALSPECIFICATIONS.................................................................................................................................................15
REPLACEMENT PARTS........................................................................................................................................................16-17
HIGHCAPACITY SYSTEMS.......................................................................................................................................................18
DIMENSIONAL DATA S2,400C & S5,OOOC.......................................................................................................................................18
DIMENSIONAL DATA SIO,000C, S15,000C, S20,000C & S25,OOOC...............................................................................................19
DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY..........................................................................................................................................20
MAINTENANCE NOTES....................................................................................................................................................... 21-23
USERASSISTANCE.......................................................................................................................................................................24
PATENTNOTICE...............................................................................................................................................................................24
WARRANTY & PRODUCT REGISTRATION...........................................................................................................................24
These instructions generally describe the installation, operation and maintenance of the SANITRON° Model S2400C line of
water purifiers. Models S5,000C and S I O,000C through S25,000C High -Capacity Systems utilize the Model S2400C single lamp
water purifier in various configurations. Questions that are not specifically answered by these instructions should be directed
to the Factory. Atlantic Ultraviolet Corporation® takes all possible precautions when packaging equipment to prevent damage.
Carefully inspect and report all damages. Do not install damaged equipment.
Follow all instructions on any labels or tags. Carefully inspect all packing materials before
discarding to prevent the loss of accessories, mounting hardware, spare parts or instructions.
SINCE 1963
The information and recommendations contained in this publication are based upon data ATLANTIC U ULTRAVIOLET
collected by the Atlantic Ultraviolet Corporation° and are believed to be correct. However, no
guarantee or warranty of any kind, expressed or implied, is made with respect to the information
contained herein. Specifications and information are subject to change without notice. C O R P O R AT I O N
2

SAFETY WARNINGS
• All personnel should be alerted to the potential hazards indicated by the product safety labeling on this unit.
• The following conventions are used to indicate and classify precautions in this manual and on product safety labeling. Failure to
observe precautions could result in injury to people or damage to property.
AThis is the safety alert symbol. It is used to alert you to potential personal injury hazards.
Obey all safety messages that follow this symbol to avoid possible injury or death.
Danger indicates an IMMINENTLY Warning indicates a POTENTIALLY
hazardous situation, which, if not AWA R N I N G hazardous situation, which, if not avoided,
avoided, WILL result in death or COULD result in death or serious injury.
serious injury.
Caution indicates a POTENTIALLY
ACAU T I 0 N hazardous situation, which, if not avoided,
MAY result in minor or moderate injury.
AThis symbol/pictorial is used to
identify an ELECTRICAL SHOCK or
ELECTROCUTION hazard.
OThis symbol/pictorial is used to identify the need
to wear approved ultraviolet blocking eyewear.
OThis symbol/pictorial is used to identify the need
to wear protective gloves.
CAUTION Caution used without the safety alert
symbol indicates a potentially hazardous
situation, which, if not avoided, may result
in property damage.
AThis symbol/pictorial is used to identify an
ULTRAVIOLET LIGHT hazard.
0 This symbol/pictorial is used to identify the need to
wear approved ultraviolet blocking face shield.
This symbol/pictorial is used to identify components
which must not be disposed of in trash
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS
WARNING To guard against injury, basic safety precautions should be observed, including the following:
1. Read and follow ALL safety instructions.
2. Do not use this water purifier for other than its intended purpose as described in this manual.
3. Do not alter design or construction.
4. Do not remove any labels or devices.
5. 0 ! 1 To prevent the risk of severe or fatal electrical shock, special precautions must be taken since
water is present near electrical equipment. Always disconnect Dower before Derforming anv service or maintenance.
6. ® Avoid exposure to direct or reflected germicidal ultraviolet rays. Germicidal ultraviolet rays are
harmful to the eyes and skin.
7. Intended for indoor use only. The water purifier should be protected from the elements and from temperatures below freezing.
8. Do not operate water purifier if lamp cable, lamp connection, power cord and/or plug are damaged, or if any other damage to
the water purifier is visible or suspected
9. Electrical power supplied, to the water purifier, MUST match power requirements listed on the water purifier.
10. Q Plug the water purifier only into an approved ground fault circuit interrupt (GFCI) receptacle.
11. Q Do not operate without proper electrical ground.
12. Do not exceed water purifier's maximum rated flow capacity.
13. Do not exceed maximum operating pressure of 100 PSI.
14. Read and follow all notices and warnings on the water purifier.
15. SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS.
SAFETY LABELS
AHAZARDOUS
VOLTAGE
Turn off and disconnect
power before servicing.
A
ULTRAVIOLET
RADIATION
Protect ayes and skin from
di—t and.e -d ..aiegoe.
Danger Label: Hazardous Voltage Location of Danger Label
and Ultraviolet Radiation (00-0196A1) (00-0196A1)
CAUTION
It is the user's responsibility to determine and validate the suitability of
this equipment for use in the user's system or process.
No warranty or representation is made by the manufacturer with respect to
suitability or performance of this equipment or to the results that may be
expected from its use.
The user should periodically inspect, clean as necessary and confirm
the presence and good legibility of the product safety labels. Contact
the factory for replacement labels in the event that any of the labels are
missing or illegible.

PRODUCT APPLICATION
CONSTRUCTION
• The water purifier is designed to mount horizontally.
• The water purifier's dual heads are removable and may be rotated independently. (See "Figure 3 - Recommended Positions
of Inlet/Outlet Fittings in the "Installation" section.) facilitates ease of installation, maintenance or the retrofitting of an
existing system. A drain port on the chamber aids in draining of the purifier.
• The water purifier's chamber and chamber heads are passivated and electropolished type 316 Stainless Steel.
• The ballast housing is a combination of Stainless Steel Type 304 and Aluminum Alloy.
• Coated chambers are available for uses with special applications, consult Factory. Coated chambers are not recommended for
use in drinking water applications or in applications where the treated product is consumed.
• The dual -action wiper mechanism allows for quick and easy quartz sleeve cleaning, without interrupting service.
• EASY -OFF"' End Caps enable quick and easy lamp change, without disconnecting from the water supply or draining the
purifier. No tools are required. Always disconnect electrical Dower when changing lama.
• Certain versions of 220v units have been designed to be CE compliant. These units have been tested to and comply with the
requirements of the Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive and the Machinery Directive. The Declaration of Conformity
lists the European Norm (EN) standards to which these units were tested, to demonstrate conformity.
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
The SANITRON° design has been carefully conceived to provide adequate germicidal dosage throughout the disinfection
chamber. The dosage, as it applies to ultraviolet disinfection, is a function of time and the intensity of ultraviolet radiation to
which the water is exposed. The exposure time, in seconds, is the total time it takes the water to flow through the disinfection
chamber exposing it to the germicidal lamp. Exposure time is related to the flow rate; the higher the flow rate, the lower the
exposure time or the lower the flow rate, the higher the exposure time. The ultraviolet intensity is the amount of energy, per unit
time, emitted by the germicidal lamp. The dosage is the product of ultraviolet intensity and the exposure time. The operation of
the SANITRON® is as follows:
• Water enters the purifier and flows into the annular space between the quartz sleeve and the chamber wall.
• Suspended microorganisms are exposed to the ultraviolet rays emitted by the germicidal lamp.
• The translucent sight port, or optional ultraviolet monitor, provides visual indication of germicidal lamp operation.
• The dual action wiper mechanism facilitates periodic cleaning of the quartz sleeve without disassembly or interruption of
purifier operation.
• Water leaving the purifier is instantly ready for use, no further contact time is required.
LIMITATION OF USE
The water purifier is intended for the use with visually clear water, not colored, cloudy or turbid. See "Water Quality" section
below. The water purifier is NOT intended for the treatment of water that has an obvious contamination or intentional source,
such as raw sewage; nor is the unit intended to convert wastewater to microbiologically safe drinking water.
WATER QUALITY
Water quality plays a major role in the transmission of germicidal ultraviolet rays. It is recommended that the water does not
exceed the following maximum concentration levels:
Table 1 - Maximum Concentration Levels
Turbidity < 1 NTU Effectively treating water with higher concentration levels
than listed on Table 1 can be accomplished, but may require
Manganese 0.05 mg/1 added measures to improve water quality to treatable levels.
Total Suspended Solids 10 mg /1 If, for any reason, it is believed the ultraviolet transmission is
pH: 6.5 - 9.5 not satisfactory, contact the factory.
Color: None
Hardness 6 GPG or 102.6 PPM
Iron 0.3 mg/1
Tannins: < 0.1 ppm (0.1 mg/1)
UV Transmission >85% per cm* * Contact Factory for recommendations on applications
where UV transmission is < 85%

INSTALLATION
LOCATION
1. The water purifier is intended for indoor use only. The water purifier is designed to mount horizontally. The water purifier
should be protected from the elements and from temperatures below freezing. The ambient temperature, in the area
surrounding the water purifier, should be between 350 F and 1000 F.
2. Electrical power supplied to the water purifier MUST match power requirements listed on the water purifier. Use of a
voltage surge protector is recommended.
3. 1. CAUTION Plug water purifier only into an approved ground fault circuit interrupt (GFCI) receptacle.
4. The water purifier should be located in a dry, well -lit area, which provides enough room to perform routine maintenance.
This includes a minimum distance of one chamber length from the wiper end, to allow for cleaning and/or the changing
of the lamp and quartz sleeve as well as a minimum of 6" on the opposite end of the water purifier. Minimum
clearance to floor 18".
5. The water purifier should always be located closest to the point of use. This reduces the chance of the purified water being
re -contaminated by bacteria in the water distribution system after the water purifier.
6. CAUTION As with any water handling device, the water purifier should be located in an area where any possible
condensation or leakage from the water purifier, any purifier accessory and/or plumbing will not result in damage to the area
surrounding the water purifier. For added protection, it is recommended that a suitable drain pan be installed under
the purifier. The drain pan must be plumbed to an adequate, free flowing drain to prevent water damage in event of
a leak. There are numerous leak detection/flood stop devices, available on the market today, designed to stop flow
of water, reducing the chance of water damage due to leakage. For more details regarding leak prevention and/or
limiting damages due to leaks please contact factory.
7. The water purifier should be located after all other water devices, such as De -ionizers, Water Softeners, Carbon Filters,
Pre -Filters, Reverse Osmosis, Pressure Tanks, and Pumps. This eliminates the possibility of the purified water being
re -contaminated by bacteria in any of these units.
Figure 1 - SANITRON® Drawing (S5,000C shown) with options and extra components
Solenoid Valve*
Union/Flow Control Valve (80 GPM)*
�2" Elbow (2-Places)*
2" Close Nipple (4-Places)*
2" Union* Interconnect Piping
Guardian UV (supplied with S5,000C & Up)
Monitor*
r
s+` _
2" Valve*
* Extra Components (not included with SANITRON® )

INSTALLATION
TO WAR THE FLLOWING
O O O EQUIPMENT: SAFEE Y GOGGLES ORA FAIN ORDER TO PERFORM THIS TASY, BE CE SHIE DEAS WELL OAS GLOV S,SAFETY
1. Remove water purifier from shipping carton. Inspect water purifier, power cord and plug for damage. Do not operate if there
is any damage to the purifier, power cord or plug. SANITRON® Model S2400C is shipped with the lamp packed separately.
Keep the lamp aside for installation once the purifier has been properly installed.
2. Units occasionally experience damage in shipment due to the fragility of the quartz sleeve. It is, therefore, recommended
to inspect the water purifier for damage to the quartz sleeve after it has been removed from the shipping carton. Each end
of the unit as well as the inlet and outlet should be viewed to see if the quartz sleeve has experienced damage. If the quartz
sleeve shows signs of damage it should be replaced before the purifier is pressurized. See "Quartz Sleeve Installation or
Replacement" in the "Maintenance" section for the proper method of replacing the quartz sleeve in your water purifier.
Figure 2 - Recommended Installation
Note:
Solenoid plugs into the top of the Time Delay,
Use of Metal Pipe is recommended for connection to
and the
Time Delay into the Ultraviolet Monitor
both the purifer inlet and outlet 12" past the first elbow.
(avoids ultraviolet degradation of exposed plastic pipe)
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
POINT OF USE
Cold Water Line Two Minute Time Delay
Elbows _ (POU)
I n COm i n 9
COMMON Solenoid Valve
Ultraviolet Water Purifiers
Water
PRE-TREATMENT or Flow Control Valve
PUMPING DEVICES
should be installed closest
to the point or use.
Supply*
_ tElbow
1.DeioS—
2. WaterrSoftener
Outlet Line to
3. Carbon Filters (GAC) 5 Micron Filter point of use
4. Pressure Tank OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT to be as short
Note:
Drain Pan
5. Pump as possible
Ultraviolet Monitor
6. Reverse Osmosis 1
7•Prefilters Valved AudioAlarm� �.rfValve
Recommended.
Ultraviolet water Purifiers-i'
should be installed closest Union
- �- Union
Water purifier
to the point or use.tPOUJ
_ ..
Should be
installed at
I--*-12" Manual Wiper
6"Minimum
Clearance for
minimum of 18"
It 50" �I
-- -- `.—, Gland Access
above floor
Recommended Minimum Clearance
For Lamp or Quartz Sleeve Removal
-
Ultraviolet Water Purifier
Wall Mounting Kit
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
3. The water purifier's dual chamber heads are removable and may be rotated independently, which aids in the installation,
maintenance or the retrofitting of an existing system.
3 O'CLOCK
Figure 3 - Recommended Installation
6 O'CLOCK
9 O'CLOCK
Note: DO NOT rotate head so wiper knob is at 12 o'clock position
4. The water purifier should be mounted horizontally on a flat dry surface. Secure the water purifier using the mounting
holes in the ballast housing or with the optional wall mounting kit. The purifier should not be solely supported by its
plumbing connections.

5. The water purifier must be connected to the cold waterline only. Inlet water temperature should not exceed 100°F
6. Installation requires that a 5-micron sediment filter or finer be installed, in line, prior to the water purifier. The sediment filter
will stop or trap large particulates from entering the water purifier. Particulates may cause deposits on the quartz sleeve, as
well as interfere with the purifier's ability to disinfect the water. The sediment filter may also help to reduce the amount of
routine cleanings of the quartz sleeve.
7. Shut off valves should be installed on both the inlet and outlet sides of the water purifier. The use of bypass valves is not
recommended. The shut off valves allow the purifier to be isolated from the water supply, which is required when removing
the quartz sleeve.
8. Unions should be installed on both the inlet and outlet of the water purifier; this will allow easy removal of the water purifier
from the plumbing, if required. Apply Teflon® tape to threads of inlet and outlet ports to ensure a tight seal.
9. When all plumbing connections are complete, allow water to enter the water purifier at a low flow rate, until the purifier is
full. NOTE: Close the purifier outlet valve to pressurize the chamber. With the purifier pressurized, it should be checked
for leaks. Once it is determined that there are no leaks, the inlet valve can be fully opened.
10. For Models with lamps packed separately, install lamp following the steps in "Lamp Installation or Replacement" section.
ACAUTION Lamp and quartz sleeve are easily damaged. Exercise care when handling.
11. 0 AWARNIN Plug water purifier into approved ground fault circuit interrupt (GFCI) receptacle. Confirm
lamp operation indication at sight port.
12. Once the plumbing hook ups are made, it is a good practice to disinfect the "downstream" plumbing between the purifier
and point of use. This is done by introducing chlorine or other disinfectant solution into the purifier chamber, a 100-ppm of
chlorine is suggested. With the disinfectant in the purifier chamber, turn the ultraviolet purifier on. Open the "downstream"
outlet until a chlorine or disinfectant solution odor is noticed. Close the outlet and allow the disinfectant to remain in the
plumbing for three (3) hours. Flush the plumbing with ultraviolet purified water; allow the water to run for a minimum of 5
minutes prior to use (to ensure no chlorine or disinfectant smell can be detected). This will allow the chlorine or disinfectant
solution to be flushed from the pipes.
RECOMMENDED OPTIONS
1. GUARDIANT"' Ultraviolet Monitor*: Visually indicates the level of germicidal ultraviolet energy that penetrates the quartz
sleeve and the water within the water purifier. The ultraviolet monitor is capable of operating an optional PromateT' Audio
Alarm and/or PromateT"° Solenoid Valve. The ultraviolet monitor will detect reduction of ultraviolet levels due to:
• Fouling or deposits on the quartz sleeve.
• Poor ultraviolet transmission through the water; color, turbidity, and organic or other impurities in the water can reduce
or interfere with the transmission of ultraviolet rays.
• Lamp outage or component failure. (Monitor will not function in power outage.)
• Depreciation of the lamp output due to usage or other cause. Lamp output gradually depreciates with use. Lamp
replacement is recommended once each year.
2. SENTRY" Safety Sensor: Indicators provide constant visual monitoring of normal operation. In the event of ballast or lamp
failure the safety sensor indicates an alarm condition. The safety sensor is capable of operating an optional PromateT" Audio
Alarm and/or PromateT`" Solenoid Valve.
3. STERALERTT"° Lamp Status Alarm: Produces a high pitched, pulsed tone when the water purifier is no longer functioning
when visible light fails.
4. SureFLO"' Flow Control Valve*: Limits water flow to the rated capacity of the purifier. The flow control valve is located
in line prior to the water purifier, and should be protected from ultraviolet exposure by the use of a 90-degree elbow fitting
between the flow control valve and the water purifier.
5. PromateTm Audio Alarm*: Activated by the Ultraviolet Monitor or Safety Sensor, alerts the user to
any malfunction detected.
6. PromateTM Solenoid Valve*: Operated in conjunction with the Ultraviolet Monitor, Safety Sensor or Time Delay
Mechanism, this valve prevents water flow through the water purifier when an abnormal condition is detected
or in the event of power failure.
7. PromateT"' Elapsed Time Indicator: A non-resettable display of the water purifier operating hours. Useful for scheduling
and recording maintenance and lamp replacement.
8. PromateT"" Time Delay Mechanism*: Provides a 2-minute warm up period during which the ultraviolet lamp achieves its
full germicidal output before the water is allowed to flow through the water purifier. The time delay mechanism is used in
conjunction with, and is electrically connected to the Solenoid Valve. ("Recommended Options" Continued on Page 8)

9. PromateT"" Wall Mount Kit: Model S2400C Stainless steel wall brackets provide quick and easy installation and
professional finish. Pre -drilled and ready to install. Optimizes free air circulation to cool ballast housing.
10. QUANTUMTm Thermal Optimizer: Thermal relief valve used to help regulate the water temperature inside the water
purifier's disinfection chamber. Since the relative ultraviolet output, of a germicidal lamp, is affected by temperature it is
important to keep the lamp's temperature within the peak output temperature range.
11. PromateTM Safety Goggles: Safety eyewear should be used as general-purpose safety protection and for additional shielding
from ultraviolet rays.
12. PromateTm Face Shield: Adjustable headgear and lightweight visor provides eye and face protection from
germicidal ultraviolet rays.
* Use of this option is recommended by U.S. Public Health Service "Criteria for Acceptability of an Ultraviolet Disinfection
Unit." Originally issued April, 1966.
NOTE: The recommended options above are available from Atlantic Ultraviolet Corporation® or a distributor of their
products. For the other devices that may be required for your application, please contact your local water treatment
dealer, plumber or plumbing supplier.
MAINTENANCE
The water purifier is designed to operate with a minimal amount of maintenance, providing the water quality does not exceed
maximum concentration levels, see "Water Quality" in the "Product Application" section. Ordinary maintenance consists of:
• Lamp replacement is recommended every 10,000 hours of operation, approximately 12 months of continuous service.
• Cleaning of the quartz sleeve, when conditions warrant. It is recommended that the inspection of quartz sleeve be performed
after one month of use. If quartz sleeve is found to be coated (not clear), then frequency of cleaning must be done more often.
Deposits or discoloration on the surface of quartz sleeve are caused by excessive levels of the subject contaminant within
the water that is in contact with the quartz sleeve. Most deposits on the quartz sleeve are caused by an excess of calcium
(hardness), iron or manganese. Table 1 on Page 4 lists the maximum recommended concentration of these minerals in the
water that passes through the ultraviolet purifier. If you encounter difficulty due to deposits on the quartz sleeve, your dealer
will be able to recommend suitable pretreatment to reduce or eliminate the offending contaminant. If quartz sleeve is clean
(clear) then frequency of cleaning may be extended. NOTE: SANITRON® Ultraviolet water purifiers are equipped with
a manual wiping mechanism making the process of routine cleaning easier and therefore, recommended weekly or at
the very least monthly to insure your performance. NOTE: The use of optional GUARDIAN TM Ultraviolet Monitor will
detect loss of transmission due to coating on the quartz sleeve.
• Always disconnect the water supply and completely drain the water purifier if it will be subjected to temperatures below freezing.
• Contact factory with questions.
INSPECTION
1. Regularly inspect the water purifier to ensure that the germicidal lamp is still in operation.
• On purifiers not equipped with the Ultraviolet Monitor, lamp operation can be verified by a visible glow through
the translucent sight port. This provides an indication of lamp operation and does not indicate the level of ultraviolet
intensity or transmission through the water.
• On purifiers so equipped, the GUARDIAN TM Ultraviolet Monitor provides visual indication of the ultraviolet intensity
through the quartz sleeve and water in the purifier chamber.
2. To ensure proper operation of the water purifier, regular biological testing of the purifier output water should be performed
on a schedule recommended by local public health authorities, or at minimum; at installation, quarterly for the first year of
service and annually, at lamp replacement, for the life of the water purifier.
3. Additional testing should be performed whenever modifications, change, or additions are made to plumbing system, pumps,
well source water etc. to ensure adequate disinfection under new condition.
4. As with any water purifier installation, routine maintenance is necessary to ensure you equipment is operating correctly.
Regular inspection must also include confirmation that approved ground fault circuit interrupt (GFCI) receptacle is still
operational and that water purifier is plugged into this GFCI. Any components which are damaged or broken should be replaced.

DISPOSAL OF MERCURY ADDED LAMPS
Germicidal ultraviolet lamps, like standard fluorescent lamps contain small amounts of mercury. Mercury added
lamps should not be placed in the trash. Dispose of properly. For further information regarding the disposal and
recycling of lamps containing mercury, along with Federal and State requirements visit LampRecycle.org. For more
information on STER-L-RAY® Germicidal Ultraviolet Lamps, visit Ultraviolet.com or BuyUltraviolet.com.
QUARTZ SLEEVE CLEANING USING WIPER MECHANISM
Figure 4 - Quartz Sleeve Cleaning
,µIli Me 410
i
10J
E Tyr �� R
WIPER CLIP
DYNAMIC GLAND
WIPER LOCK
WIPER LOCK SPACER
OBE WIPER ROD
RS0 & KNOB
4
Step 1 - Lift wiper clip up
Step 2 - Gently pull wiper knob out
Step 3 - Push wiper back in
Routine cleaning of the quartz sleeve is easily accomplished, using the dual action wiper mechanism.
1. Lift wiper clip up and away from wiper rod.
2. Grasp wiper knob and gently pull out, away, from the purifier until it reaches its stop.
3. Push wiper back in, toward the purifier until it reaches its second stop.
4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 as necessary.
5. Holding wiper in place, return wiper clip and snap over wiper rod, in front of the wiper lock spacer.

LAMP INSTALLATION OR REPLACEMENT
Figure 5 - Lamp Replacement
CHAMBER\ 11h
STATIC
GLAND NUT
GERMICIDAL
LAMP V
LAMP SOCKET
& LEAD WIRE
EASY OFF
ENDCAP
Step 3 - Withdraw Lamp
'I }
Step 4 & 5 - Remove Sockets
Step 2 - Remove End Cap
v,
Step 6 - Remove Lamp
IN ORDER TO PERFORM THIS TASK, BE
O O O TO WAR THE FLLOWING
EQUIPMENT: SAFE Y GOGGLES ORA FACE SHE DEAS WELLAS G OV S,SAFETY
1. Q Disconnect power to water purifier.
2. Remove both EASY -OFF"' End Caps by pulling each cap off static gland nut. Slide each end cap along the wire away from
the socket.
3. Carefully withdraw lamp approximately 2 inches from chamber while feeding lamp socket and lead wire on opposite end
of chamber.
4. While holding lamp end, carefully remove lamp socket on end now exposed.
5. Next, carefully slide lamp back into chamber, until approximately 2 inches of the lamp is exposed on the opposite end. Hold
lamp and remove lamp socket.
6. Lamp should now be disconnected on both ends. Carefully remove lamp from chamber. Be sure to withdraw lamp straight
out without angling until completely clear of quartz sleeve.
ACAUTION Lamp and quartz sleeve are easily damaged. Exercise care when handling.
7. Reinstall lamp in reverse order.
Germicidal ultraviolet rays are harmful to eyes and skin. Do not restore power to water purifier until
lamp and both EASY-OFFW End Caps have been properly reinstalled.
mi

QUARTZ SLEEVE INSTALLATION OR REPLACEMENT
Figure 6 - Quartz Sleeve Installation or Replacement
CHAMBER� I� I HEAD , ,
QUARTZ
SLEEVE
\
0-RING
EFLON
WASHER
STATIC
OlANO NUT J\
GERMICIDAL
AMP 9
LAMP SOCKET
8 LEAD WIR
EASY OFF
ENDCAP
MY
Step 4 - Remove Gland Nuts
to y
Step 5 - Remove Washer & O-Ring
Step 6 - Remove Quartz Sleeve
O O OO ORDERIN PERFORM ESTO E FOLLOWING SAFETY
EQUIPMENT:AFEE GOGGLES ORAFACSHIELD, AS WELL AS GLOVES.
1. Q Disconnect power to water purifier.
2. Shut off water supply to water purifier via inlet and outlet shut off valves. Drain chamber. Once the chamber is completely
drained, remove any old sealing tape from the threads of the drain plug, rewrap with 1/2" wide Teflon® thread sealing tape,
reinstall and tighten the drain plug.
3. Follow the steps in "Lamp Installation or Replacement" to remove lamp.
ACAUTION Lamp and quartz sleeve are easily damaged. Exercise care when handling.
4. Unscrew static gland nuts from each end of the chamber. Avoid striking quartz sleeve with static gland nut.
5. Remove Teflon® washer and O-Ring from both ends of quartz sleeve. Teflon° washer will sometimes remain within the static
gland nut. If so, remove Teflon® washer from static gland nut before proceeding.
6. Carefully remove quartz sleeve from chamber. NOTE: It is advisable to support the quartz sleeve on the opposite end
with your finger so that it does not drop to the bottom of the chamber as it slides into the chamber.
7. Once the quartz sleeve is removed, clean with alcohol or a mild, non-abrasive detergent. Stubborn stains usually can be
removed with a dilute hydrochloric acid. NOTE: Follow all manufacturer's instructions and precautions
when handling chemicals.
8. Reassemble in reverse order. Make sure the quartz sleeve protrudes an equal distance past each threaded nipple. Be sure
O-Rings are placed on quartz sleeve before Teflon® washer.
9. Tighten static gland nuts firmly by hand only, DO NOT USE HAND TOOLS. Tightening with hand tools is likely to cause
quartz sleeve to break.
10. Slowly restore water supply to water purifier and check for leaks.
11. If no leaks occur, reinstall lamp, following the steps in "Lamp Installation or Replacement" section.
JA"WARNINJ Germicidal ultraviolet rays are harmful to eyes and skin. Do not restore power to water purifier
until lamp and both EASY -OFF'" End Caps have been properly reinstalled. 11

REPLACEMENT OF BROKEN QUARTZ SLEEVE
Figure 7 - Quartz Sleeve
O-RING
CHAMBER
HEAD -
QUARTZ
SLEEVE
\
O{21N� \
TEFLON
WASHER
S^
STATIC
GU NUT J\
GERMICIDAL
SOCKET
LAMPLAMP
& LEAD WIRE
EASY OFF
END CAP��y
IN
ER TO
RM THIS
BE
TO
THE
LLOWING
O O O EQUIPMENT: N : SAFETY GOGGLES OR,A FACE SHIELD, AS WELLAS GLOVES.SAFETY
ACAUTION Broken Quartz is SHARP. It is recommended that protective goggles and gloves are worn when handling.
0 AWARNING Disconnect power to water purifier. Shut off water supply to water purifier via inlet and outlet
shut-off valves. Completely drain chamber.
Follow the steps in "Quartz Sleeve Installation or Replacement' to remove lamp and quartz sleeve.
1. To prevent damage to the electrical components, it is necessary to separate the ballast housing from the purifier chamber.
• On SANITRON® Model S2400C the ballast housing is mounted to the purifier chamber using four (4) 1/4"-20 x 3/8"
long hex head bolts. Using a 7/16" wrench or an adjustable wrench, carefully remove the four (4) bolts with the lock and
flat washers, from along the top of the ballast housing, and set aside. Separate the housing from the chamber.
• Keep ballast housing and mounting hardware in a clean, dry area.
2. A CAUTI O N Carefully remove as much of the broken quartz sleeve as possible, from each end of the chamber.
3. Remove chamber head clamp, by using a 7/16" wrench to loosen and remove the 1/4" nut from the head clamp.
4. Withdraw chamber head and wiper assembly, from the chamber.
5. Any broken pieces of the quartz sleeve can now be removed through the open end of the purifier chamber. Flush water
through chamber being careful to remove all quartz fragments from the interior of the chamber.
6. Carefully discard all pieces of the broken quartz sleeve.
7. Inspect the large O-Ring used to seal the chamber and the chamber head. Make sure the O-Ring is seated properly between
the chamber head ring and the flare of the chamber head.
8. Insert replacement quartz sleeve through each Teflon® wiper segment, starting from the furthest segment working towards the
chamber head. Twisting the quartz sleeve will help work the quartz sleeve through the Teflon® segments. Align the end of the
quartz sleeve with the threaded gland nipple of the chamber head, and pass the quartz sleeve through the chamber head.
9. To re -install, carefully slide the chamber head and wiper rod assembly, into the chamber, with drain port pointing down; using
your finger, support the far end of the quartz sleeve when passing it through the gland fitting of the chamber. Push chamber
head flange into the chamber until flared end, of the chamber and the head, mate against the O-Ring.
10. Replace the head clamp around the flared end of the head and chamber. Install the 1/4" nut and tighten, using a 7/16" wrench,
until approximately 3/4" to 7/8" of the bolt protrudes past the nut.
11. Center the quartz sleeve in the chamber, making sure the quartz sleeve protrudes an equal distance past each threaded gland
fitting, of the chamber. (Continued on Page 13)
12

12. Re -install O-Rings, Teflon® washers, and static gland nuts. Be sure O-Rings are placed on quartz sleeve before Teflon®
washer. Tighten static gland nuts firmly by hand only, DO NOT USE HAND TOOLS. Tightening with hand tools is likely
to cause quartz sleeve to break.
13. Re -assemble ballast housing to purifier chamber, using hardware removed in Step 1. NOTE: When re -assembling ballast
housing to purifier chamber, electrical power cord should exit ballast housing from the end mounted opposite the drain plug.
14. When all connections are complete, allow water to enter the water purifier at a low flow rate until the purifier is pressurized.
With the purifier pressurized, it should be checked for leaks.
15. See "Lamp Installation or Replacement" section on Page 10 to properly re -install the lamp into the water purifier.
OPTIONAL GUARDIAN- ULTRAVIOLET MONITOR SENSOR PROBE CLEANING
Figure 8 - Ultraviolet Monitor and Sensor Probe
CHAMBER
I �Ii�p�Yronriom
GUARDIAN' tAA of Morrow
ALUMINUM COLLAR
WITH SET SCREWS
SENSOR PROBE BODY -
Figure 9 - Sensor Probe
SENSOR PROBE BODY
O-RING
O-RING
QUARTZ ROD
O-RING
SENSOR PROBE CAP
If, after cleaning the quartz sleeve, there is no significant improvement in the ultraviolet intensity, as shown on the intensity meter,
it may be necessary to clean the Ultraviolet Monitor's sensor probe. The sensor probe body mounts in a fitting, located in the
center of the disinfection chamber, and protrudes into the chamber.
1. AJAWARNIN91 Disconnect power to water purifier.
2. Shut off water supply to the water purifier via the inlet and outlet shut off valves. Remove drain plug and drain the chamber.
Once the chamber is drained, remove any old sealing tape from the threads of the drain plug, rewrap with 1/2" wide Teflon®
thread sealing tape, reinstall and tighten the drain plug.
3. Disconnect power to the Ultraviolet Monitor; remove from chamber by loosening the two set screws on the aluminum collar
and lifting it free from probe body.
4. Unscrew the sensor probe and remove from the chamber.
5. Remove the quartz rod sensor probe cap, from the probe body. Take care not to damage the quartz rod, O-Ring or the threads
of the probe body. NOTE: It is recommended, when servicing the sensor probe, to work in a clean, dry area.
6. Once the quartz rod is removed, clean with alcohol or a mild detergent, and rinse with clean water. Stubborn stains usually
can be removed with a dilute hydrochloric acid. NOTE: Follow all manufacturer's instructions and precautions when
handling chemicals. Once the quartz rod has been cleaned, handle the rod by the sides, to avoid getting fingerprints on the
quartz rod faces.
7. Clean the probe body, by removing any dirt or deposits on all surfaces. O-Rings should be inspected and can be replaced if
worn or damaged.
8. Reassemble, replacing the O-Rings, quartz rod and securing in place with the quartz rod sensor probe cap. Tighten the quartz
rod sensor probe cap by hand only, DO NOT USE HAND TOOLS. Tightening with hand tools may damage the quartz rod
or O-Ring seal.
9. Reinstall sensor probe into the center fitting of the chamber and hand tighten.
10. Slowly restore water supply to the water purifier, pressurize, and check for leaks. Once it is determined that there are no
leaks, inlet valve can be fully opened.
11. Reposition Ultraviolet Monitor on probe body and tighten set screws.
12. Restore power to the water purifier and ultraviolet monitor. If after the cleaning of the quartz rod, there is still no significant
improvement in the ultraviolet intensity, as shown on the intensity meter, proceed to the "Troubleshooting" section.
13

TROUBLESHOOTING
,AWARNINd Always disconnect Dower to the water Durifier before Derforming any service or maintenance.
IMPORTANT: This unit is to be serviced ONLY by qualified, and appropriately licensed, personnel.
Table 2 - Troubleshooting
Problem Possible Cause
Purifier not operating No electrical power
Cracked or broken quartz sleeve
Quartz sleeve sealing O-Ring(s)
Water leaking from purifier worn, damaged
Poor, or loose, connections or fittings
Quartz sleeve fouled
Sensor Probe, if equipped, lens or
quartz rod fouled
Poor purifier disinfection performance AND/OR Low Germicidal lamp output depreciating
UV intensity (As indicated on optional GUARDIANT"^
Ultraviolet Monitor)
Germicidal lamp not functioning
Low input voltage
Change in water quality
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
Corrective Action
Verify that the purifier is connected to a live
power source.
Shut down purifier, drain, and replace quartz
sleeve. See "Quartz Sleeve Installation or
Replacement" in the "Maintenance" section.
Shut down purifier, drain, and remove static
gland nut, replace sealing O-Ring. See "Quartz
Sleeve Installation or Replacement" in the
"Maintenance" section.
Tighten suspect connection or fitting; or shut
down purifier, drain, and remove fitting or
connection. Clean threads; reapply thread sealing
tape and reinstall.
Clean quartz sleeve, see "Quartz Sleeve
Cleaning" in the "Maintenance" Section.
Clean lens or Quartz Rod, see "Optional
Ultraviolet Monitor Sensor Probe Cleaning" in
the "Maintenance" section.
Replace lamp, as it nears its end of life (EOL).
See "Lamp Installation or Replacement" in the
"Maintenance" section.
Replace lamp. See "Lamp Installation or
Replacement' in the "Maintenance" section.
Verify input voltage to purifier.
Have water tested to confirm that it does not
exceed maximum recommended concentration
levels for use with this purifier.
Table 3 - Optional Accessories
Most options are available for
Optional Accessories Available For: operation at 120v 60Hz or 220v MHz.
GUARDIANTM Ultraviolet Monitor -Analog/Digital S2400C, S5,000C - S25,000C Please specify.
SENTRYT"^ Safety Sensor S2400C, S5,000C - S25,000C Not all options may be available
for all models, consult factory for
STERALERTTm Lamp Status Alarm S2400C, S5,o0oC - S25,o00C availability.
PromateTm Audio Alarm
S2400C, S5,000C - S25,000C
OO Solenoid requires 2-150 PSI for
PromateTm Elapsed Time Indicator Universal Input
S2400C, S5,000C - S25,000C
satisfactory operation.
0 Unless otherwise specified PVC
PromateT"" Time Delay Mechanism
s2400c, ss,000c - s25,000c
flow control valves are supplied.
PromateTM Wall Mounting Kit
S2400C
All PVC and Stainless Steel flow
control valves are male NPT.
PromateTM Solenoid Valve - (1-1/2") o
S2400C
Consult Factory for other flow
control valves.
PromateTM Solenoid Valve - (2") O
S5,000C - S25,o0oC
SureFLOTm Flow Control - PVC (2") Q
S2400C
SureFLOTm Flow Control Valve - Stainless Steel (2") OO
S2400C
SureFLOTm Flow Control Valve - PVC (2" Union) ©
S5,000C - S25,o0oC
14

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Table 4 - Technical Specifications
Model:
S2400C
S5,000C
S10,000C
S15,000C
S20,000C
S25,000C
Flow Rate (GPM):
40
83
166
250
333
416
Flow Rate (GPH):
2400
5000
10000
15000
20000
25000
Inlet\Outlet Size:
2"m NPT
2"m NPT
2"m NPT
2"m NPT
2"m NPT
2"m NPT
Number of Lamps:
1
2
4
6
8
10
Lamp Model No.:
05-1311-R
05-1311-R
05-1311-R
05-1311-R
05-1311-R
05-1311-R
Length:
52-1/8"
52-1/8"
52-1/8"
52-1/8"
52-1/8"
52-1/8"
Width:
6-9/16"
17"
17"
21-1/8"
21-1/8"
21-1/8"
Height:
11-1/8"
15"
34-3/4"
53-1/4"
71-3/4"
90-1/4"
Chamber Diameter:
5-1/2"
5-1/2"
5-1/2"
5-1/2"
5-1/2"
5-1/2"
Shipping Weight:
49 Lbs
116 Lbs
267 Lbs
400 Lbs
534 Lbs
670 Lbs
Voltage:OO
120V
120V
120V
120V
120V
120V
Amps:
1.17A
2.34A
4.68A
7.02A
9.36A
11.7A
Frequency:
6011z
60Hz
60Hz
60Hz
60Hz
6011z
Power Consumption: OO
140 Watts
280 Watts
560 Watts
840 Watts
1120 Watts
1400 Watts
Lamp Watts:
110 Watts
220 Watts
440 Watts
660 Watts
880 Watts
1100 Watts
Max Operating Pressure:
100 PSI
100 PSI
100 PSI
100 PSI
100 PSI
100 PSI
Ambient Temperature:
35' F - 100' F
35' F - 100' F
35' F - 100' F
35' F - 100' F
35' F - 100' F
35' F - 100' F
Quartz Sleeve:
1
2
4
6
8
10
Drain Plug:
1/4" NPT
1/4" NPT
1/4" NPT
1/4" NPT
1/4" NPT
1/4" NPT
Translucent
Translucent
Translucent
Translucent
Translucent
Translucent
Lamp Out Indicator•
Sight Port
Sight Port
Sight Port
Sight Port
Sight Port
Sight Port
Ultraviolet Monitor: O
Optional
Optional
Optional
Optional
Optional
Optional
Flow Control Valve: OO
Optional
Optional
Optional
Optional
Optional
Optional
Audio Alarm: OO
Optional
Optional
Optional
Optional
Optional
Optional
Solenoid Valve: OO
Optional
Optional
Optional
Optional
Optional
Optional
Time Delay Mechanism: OO
Optional
Optional
Optional
Optional
Optional
Optional
Elapsed Time Indicator:
Optional
Optional
Optional
Optional
Optional
Optional
OO 220V 50Hz, 220V 60Hz units are also available. Consult Factory for specific voltage requirements.
OO Use of this option is recommended by U.S. Public Health Service "Criteria for Acceptability of an Ultraviolet Disinfection Unit."
Originally issued April, 1966.
OO Total power consumption, including ballast loss (based on 120V unit).
All specifications, dimensional data, etc. are approximate and subject to change without notice.
15

REPLACEMENT PARTS
SANITRON° Model S2400C
Figure 10 - Exploded View S2400C
30
DETAIL "A" 31
220-240v
Q
13
16 g v Y
Y
DETAIL "A" 12 18
11
24
19
22
220-240v CE/RoHS
39
i 37
36
I
1
1 ' 38
16

Table 5 - Replacement Parts S2400C
120v/60Hz
Item No.
Description
Qty
Part Number
1
EASY OFF"' End Cap
2
25-0389A
2
Rubber O-Ring, Static Gland
2
00-0085A
3
SteadfastTm Lead Wire & Socket
2
05-2400A
4
PromateTM Static Gland Nut
2
25-1232C
5
STER-L-RAY® Lamp
1
05-1311-R
6
Teflon° Washer
2
25-1236A
7
Rubber O-Ring, Quartz Sleeve
2
00-1239A
8
CRYSTAL CLEARTm Quartz Sleeve
1
15-1082A
9
Head, Flared
1
25-0763A1
10
Rubber O-Ring, Flared Head
2
00-0020A
11
Chamber Head Clamp
2
25-4002A
12
Wiper Rod Assembly
1
25-0427A
13
Sight Port Plug
1
30-1075
14
Chamber
1
25-7060
15
Head, Flared
I
25-0764A1
16
Screw,'/4"-20 x 3/8" long
4
50-1034
17
Lock Washer,'/4"
4
50-1321
18
Flat Washer'/4"
4
50-1317
19
Ballast Housing Cover
1
25-0417A
20
Screw, No. 8 x 3/8" long
6
50-0082
21
Ballast Housing
1
25-0418D
22
Screw, 6-32 x'/z" long
4
50-0155
23
SureliteTm Ballast
1
10-0201
24
Speed Nut, 6-32
4
50-1314
25A
Dynamic Gland, Wiper Lock
1
25-1510C1
25B
Dynamic Gland, Wiper Lock
1
25-4041A
26
Drain Plug
1
27-1216
27
Wiper Clip
1
25-1507C1
28
Wiper Lock Spacer
1
25-1512A1
29
Wiper Knob
1
25-1222
30
Rivet
16
50-1300A
31
Wiper Backup Ring
4
25-1379A1
32
Teflon® Wiper Segment
8
25-1242A
33
Welded Wiper Rod
1
25-0425A
34
Push Nut
16
50-1223A
35
Lead Cord
1
35-1100
36
Ferrite: Broadband Clamp -on
-
-
37
Filter: Power Multi -Stage
38
Screw, 6-32 x 5/16" long
39
Nut, 6-32 Tinnerman
All specifications, dimensional data, etc. are approximate and
subject to change without notice.
220-240v/50Hz
Qty Part Number
2 25-0389A
2 00-0085A
2 05-2400A
2 25-1232C
1 05-1311-R
2 25-1236A
2 00-1239A
1 15-1082A
1 25-0763A1
2 00-0020A
2 25-4002A
1 25-0427A
1 30-1075
1 25-7060
1 25-0764A1
4 50-1034
4 50-1321
4 50-1317
1 25-0417A
6 50-0082
1 25-0125A
2 50-0155
1 10-0155
2 50-1314
1 25-1510C1
1 25-4041A
1 27-1216
1 25-1507C1
1 25-1512A1
1 25-1222
16 50-1300A
4 25-1379A1
8 25-1242A
1 25-0425A
16 50-1223A
1 35-1452
CE/RoHS 220-240v
Qty Part Number
2 25-0389A
2 00-0085A
2 05-2400A
2 25-1232C
1 05-1311-R
2 25-1236A
2 00-1239A
1 15-1082A
1 25-0763A1
2 00-0020A
2 25-4002A
1 25-0427A
1 30-1075
1 25-7060
1 25-0764A 1
4 50-1034
4 50-1321
4 50-1317
1 25-0417A
6 50-0082
1 25-0125B
2 50-0155
1 10-0116
2 50-1314
1 25-1510C1
1 25-4041A
1 27-1216
1 25-1507C1
1 25-1512A1
1 25-1222
16 50-1300A
4 25-1379A1
8 25-1242A
1 25-0425A
16 50-1223A
1 35-1452
1 35-1766
1 35-1765
2 50-0087
2 50-0163
17

SANITRONO HIGH CAPACITY SYSTEMS
DIMENSIONAL DATA
Figure 11 - S2400C& S5,000C Dimensional Data
15 1/4" 1387.
MOUNTING
i
5 5/8" [142.88mm] 09/32" [07.14mm]
MOUNTING MOUNTING HOLE
TYP 4 PL.
12" [304.80mm] 52 1/8" [1323.96mm]
WIPER STROKE
50" [1270.10mm]
2" NPT
38 5/16" [973.14mm]
INLET/OUTLET 19 5/32"
SIGHT PORT [486.56mm]
i PLUG � , i
[139.70mm] \\ o� L L Iuonaal [282.66mm]
® DRAIN PLUG
6 9/16" [166.67mm] = _ { WIPER LOCK -- i 16" [406.40mm]
50" [1270.10mm] MIN. CLEARANCE
LAMP/QUARTZ SLEEVE REMOVAL
SANITRON® S2400C
52 1/8" [1323.96mm] TYP.
38 5/16" [973.14mm] TYP. —
1 -
} 0------ - _ t
10 3/8" 17"
[263.53mm] TYP. [430.20mm] TYP.
R �
15"
O [380.42m1m] TYP.
® 1
SANITRON® S5,000C
2 - SANITRONO S2400C, IN SERIES.
INTERCONNECT PIPING SUPPLIED.
IN

DIMENSIONAL DATA
Figure 12 - S10,000C, S15,000C, S20,000C, S25,000C Dimensional Data
21" [533.40mm] -
18 1 /2"
[469.90mm] TYP.
Pig
n
I �
u�
SANITRON® S10,000C
2 - SANITRON®
S5,000C, IN PARALLEL.
MOUNTING
STAND SUPPLIED.
110
re � .fin
t.o. I - , H .
J.
pl. .
1
SANITRON® S20,000C
4 - SANITRON® S5,000C, IN PARALLEL.
MOUNTING STAND SUPPLIED.
t
21 1 /8"
[536.518mm]
1
34 3/4"
[883.29mm]
71 3/4"
[1823.09mm]
r
SANITRON® S15,000C
3 - SANITRON® S5,000C, IN PARALLEL.
MOUNTING STAND SUPPLIED.
III
FEW
SANITRON® S25,000C
5 - SANITROW S5,000C, IN PARALLEL
MOUNTING STAND SUPPLIED.
53 1 /4"
[1353.19mm]
v
90 1 /4"
[2292.99mm]
v
19

n375
Marcus Boulevard
L LJ SINCE 1963
Hauppauge, New York 11788
631.273.0500
ATLANTIC ULTRRVIOLET
Fax: 63 i,273.077171
CORPORATION'
631.273.0780
Manufacturers / Engineers J Sales / Service
www.ultravlolet.com
Germicidal Ultraviolet - Equipment & Lamps
e-mail: info(Pultraviolet.com
Declaration of Conformity
We
Atlantic Ultraviolet Corporation
Of
375 Marcus Boulevard, Hauppauge, New York, 11788
United States of America
Declare that:
Equipment:
Water purifier using a germicidal ultraviolet lamp to produce short wave radiation
lethal to bacteria, viruses and other microorganisms.
Model Name I Numbev
5anitron ® Ultraviolet Water Purifier, Model S2400C
Serial Number:
As specified on the equipment.
In accordance with the following Directives:
89I336IEEC
Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive
98137IEC
Machinery Directive
Has been designed and manufactured
to the following specifications:
EN 60335-1:2002
Specification for safety of household and similar electrical appliances. General
requirements
EN 55011:1998
Limits and methods of measurement of radio disturbance characteristics of Industrial,
Scientific, and Medical (ISM) equipment
EN 61000-3-2:2000
Electromagnetic Compatibility -Part 3: Testing and measurement techniques - Section
2: Harmonic current emissions test
EN 61000-3-3:1995
Electromagnetic Compatibility -Part 3: Testing and measurement techniques -
Section 3: Voltage fluctuation and flicker test
EN 61547:1995 & A1:2000
Equipment for general lighting purposes - EMC immunity requirements
EN 61000-4-2:1995
Electromagnetic Compatibility -Part 4: Testing and measurement techniques -
Section 2: Electrostatic discharge immunity test
EN 61000-4-3:2002
Electromagnetic Compatibility -Part 4: Testing and measurement techniques -
Section 3: Radiated, radio -frequency, electromagnetic field immunity test
EN 61000-4-4:1995
Electromagnetic Compatibility -Part 4: Testing and measurement techniques -
Section 4: Electrical fast transient/burst immunity test
EN 61000-4-5:1995
Electromagnetic Compatibility -Part 4: Testing and measurement techniques -
Section 5: Surge immunity test
EN 61000-4-6:1996
Electromagnetic Compatibility -Part 4: Testing and measurement techniques -
Section 6: Conducted immunity test
EN 61000-4-11:1994
Electromagnetic Compatibility -Part 4: Testing and measurement techniques -
Section 11: Voltage dips and interruptions immunity test
I hereby declare that the equipment
named above has been tested and found to comply with the relevant sections of
the above referenced specifications. The unit complies with all essential requirements of the Directives.
Signed By: _ G z�� /. `� v-C•�, �n P!1!J jfo.,,,T Date: JA A/ 3 0 2 00 y
Full Name: L 4 1�q"
U pF14'1/
Position 'y S
GERMICIDAL LAMPS & FIXTURES 1 AIR PURIFICATION EQUIPMENT / WATER PURIFICATION EQUIPMENT f LIQUID DISINFECTION EQUIPMENT
OZONE GENERATORS 1 WASTE WATER DISINFECTION SYSTEMS 1 PHOTOTHERAPY EQUIPMENT 1 SLACK LICHT LAMPS & EQUIPMENT
20

MAINTENANCE NOTES
21

MAINTENANCE NOTES
22

MAINTENANCE NOTES
23

USER ASSISTANCE
Atlantic Ultraviolet Corporation®
makes every effort to ensure that the
SANITRON® Ultraviolet Water Purifiers
are products of superior quality and
workmanship. This manual describes the
installation, operation and maintenance
of the SANITRON® Ultraviolet
Water Purifiers.
PATENT NOTICE
Please read and become familiar with the
contents of this manual before installing
or using this unit. If after reading the
manual you still have questions, or
concerns, regarding the installation or
use of this unit, contact our offices,
weekdays between 8:30 am and 5:00 pm
Eastern Time, at:
Atlantic Ultraviolet Corporation'
375 Marcus Boulevard
Hauppauge, New York, 11788
Tel: [phone]
Fax: [phone]
E-mail: [e-mail]
Website: Ultraviolet.com
BuyUltraviolet.com
No attempt has been made to determine the patent status of applications illustrated or described in this publication.
Inclusion in this publication of any design or method of use, which may be patented, is not to be construed as promoting or
sanctioning unauthorized use.
WARRANTY & PRODUCT REGISTRATION
We warrant this product to the original owner to be free from defects in material and workmanship when installed in
accordance with Atlantic Ultraviolet Corporation® specifications for a period of time as follows:
UV Water Purifier Chambers — Type 316 stainless steel chambers will have a Twelve (12) year Limited Warranty on the stainless
steel chamber, from the date of original purchase while the Type 304 stainless steel chambers will have a Six (6) year Limited
Warranty on the stainless steel chamber.
UV Air Disinfection Housing — Three (3) year Limited Warranty on the metal housing, from the date of original purchase.
Ballast — Three (3) year Limited Warranty, from the date of original purchase.
UV lamps and Other parts — One (1) year Limited Warranty from the date of original purchase.
Within the warranty period we shall repair or replace such products, which are returned to us with shipping charges prepaid and which
are determined by us to be defective. This warranty will not apply to any product, which has been subjected to misuse, negligence or
accident; or misapplied; or modified; or repaired by unauthorized person; or improperly installed. Warranty will be null and void if
any of the product's original labels are removed. This Limited warranty excludes the cost of labor.
The Buyer shall inspect the product promptly after receipt and shall notify us at our main office in writing of claims, including claims
of breach of warranty, within thirty (30) days after the Buyer discovers or should have discovered the facts upon which the claim is
based. Failure of the Buyer to give written notice of a claim within the time period shall be deemed to be a waiver of such claim.
The provisions of the above warranty are our sole obligation and exclude all other remedies or warranties, expressed or implied,
including warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose, whether or not purposes or specifications are described
herein. We further disclaim any responsibility whatsoever to the customer, or to any person for injury to person, damage to, or loss
of property or value caused by any product which has been subjected to misuse, negligence, accident; or modified or repaired by
unauthorized persons; or improperly installed.
Under no circumstances shall the Company be liable for any incidental, consequential or special damages; losses or expenses arising
from the contract for this product, or in connection with the use of, or inability to use, our product for any purpose whatsoever.
Be sure to register your product and validate purchase within 30 days — registration is simple and will take less than 2 minutes to do.
NOTE — failure to register your purchase may jeopardize warranty.
Go to Ultraviolet.com and scroll down to the bottom of the page, under "Trust" click the "Warranty Registration Form", complete and
click "Submit". Or click on "Warranty Registration PDF" to download the warranty registration card as a PDF, complete and mail to
us at 375 Marcus Boulevard, Hauppauge, NY 11788, or simply fax to 631-273-0771. If you prefer to register by phone, please call
631-273-0500 and our customer service staff will be glad to assist you.
For your convenience, record the following information below. The model and serial number can be found on a label located
on the SANITRON® Ultraviolet Water Purifier. Keep this manual, along with proof of purchase, handy when contacting our offices.
Purchased From: Date:
Model: Serial No.:
24

ModMAG°
M-Series® I B-MAG Electromagnetic Flow Meters
DESCRIPTION
M-Series' M2000
Electromagnetic Flow Meter
The Badger Meter MOdMAG° M2000 is the result of years of
research and field use of electromagnetic flow meter technology.
Based on Faraday's law of induction, these meters can measure
water, wastewater, water -based fluids and other liquids that meet
minimum electrical conductivity.
Designed, developed and manufactured under strict quality
standards, this meter features sophisticated, processor -based
signal conversion with accuracies of ±0.20% of rate ±1 mm/s.
The wide selection of liner and electrode materials helps ensure
maximum compatibility and minimum maintenance over a long
operating period.
OPERATION
The flow meter is a stainless steel tube lined with a non-conductive
material. Outside the tube, two DC powered electromagnetic coils
are positioned opposing each other. Perpendicular to these coils,
two electrodes are inserted into the flow tube. Energized coils
create a magnetic field across the whole diameter of the pipe.
As a conductive fluid flows through the magnetic field, a voltage
is induced across the electrodes. This voltage is proportional to
the average flow velocity of the fluid and is measured by the two
electrodes. The M2000 amplifier receives the detector's analog
signal, amplifies that signal and converts it into digital information.
At the processor level, the signal is analyzed through a series of
sophisticated software algorithms. After separating the signal from
electrical noise, it is converted into both analog and digital signals
that are used to display rate of flow and totalization.
With no moving parts in the flow stream, there is no pressure lost.
Also, accuracy is not affected by temperature, pressure, viscosity or
density and there is practically no maintenance required.
ELECTRODES
When looking from the end of the meter into the inside bore, the
two measuring electrodes are positioned at three o'clock and nine
o'clock. M2000 mag meters have an "empty pipe detection" feature.
This is accomplished with a third electrode positioned in the meter
at twelve o'clock.
If this electrode is not covered by fluid for a minimum
five -second duration, the meter will display an "empty pipe
detection" condition, send out an error message, if desired, and
stop measuring to maintain accuracy. When the electrode again
becomes covered with fluid, the error message will disappear and
the meter will continue measuring.
As an option to using grounding rings, a grounding electrode
(fourth electrode) can be built into the meter during
manufacturing to assure proper grounding. The position of this
electrode is at six o'clock.
Badger Meter
.3
J
C
' It
APPLICATION
I
The M2000 amplifier can be integrally mounted to the detector or
can be remote -mounted, if necessary and has many advantages
over other conventional technologies. The meter targets a variety
of applications and is well suited for the diverse water and
wastewater treatment industry. The M2000 meter can accurately
measure fluid flow —whether the fluid is water or a highly corrosive
liquid, very viscous, contains a moderate amount of solids, or
requires special handling.Today, magnetic meters are successfully
used in industries including building automation, oil and gas, food
and beverage, pharmaceutical, water and wastewater,
and chemical.
FEATURES
• Available in sizes 0.25...78 in. (6...2000 mm)
• Pulsed DC magnetic field for zero point stability
• Integral and remote signal converter availability
• Corrosion resistant liners for long life
• Measurement largely independent of flow profile
• User friendly programming procedure
• Empty pipe detection
• Power loss totalization
• Digital signal processor (32-bit)
• Non-volatile programming memory
• Rotating cover
• Calibrated in state-of-the-art facilities
• NSF listed
• CSA certified
Product Data Sheet
MAG-DS-01047-EN-09 (April 2019)

M-Series° M2000, Electromagnetic Flow Meter
SPECIFICATIONS
Flow Range
0.10...39.4 ft/s (0.03...12 m/s)
Accuracy
± 0.20% of rate ± 1 mm/s
Repeatability
± 0.1 %
Power Supply
AC Power Supply: 85...265V AC; Typical Power: 20V A or 15W, Maximum Power: 26V A or 20W
Optional DC Power Supply: 10... 36V DC; Typical Power: 1 OW; Maximum Power:14W
Analog Output
4...20 mA, 0...20 mA, 0...10 mA, 2...10 mA (programmable and scalable)
Voltage sourced 24V DC isolated. Maximum loop resistance < 800 ohms.
Digital Output
Four total, configurable 24V DC sourcing active output (up to 2),100 mA total, 50 mA each; sinking open collector output
(up to four), 30V DC max,100 mA each; AC solid-state relay (up to 2), 48V AC, 500 mA max
Digital Input
Max 30V DC (programmable - positive zero return, external totalizer reset or preset batch start)
Frequency Output
Scalable up to 10 kHz, open collector up to 1 kHz, solid-state relay
Misc Output
High/low flow alarm (0... 100% of flow), error alarm, empty pipe alarm, flow direction, preset batch alarm,
24V DC supply, AIDE
Communication
RS232 Modbus RTU; RS485 Modbus RTU, HART, Profibus DP require separate daughterboards
Pulse Width
Scalable up to 10 kHz, passive open collector up to 10 kHz, active switched 24V DC. Up to two outputs (forward and
reverse). Pulse width programmable from 1...1000 ms or 50% duty cycle.
Processing
32-bit DSP
Empty Pipe Detection
Field tunable for optimum performance based on specific application
Excitation Frequency
1 Hz, 3.75 Hz, 7.5 Hz or 15 Hz (factory optimized to pipe diameter)
Noise Dampening
Programmable 0...30 seconds
Low Flow Cut -Off
Programmable 0... 10% of maximum flow
Galvanic Separation
250V
Fluid Conductivity
Minimum 5.0 pS/cm (minimum 20 pS/cm for demineralized water)
Fluid Temperature
With Remote Amplifier: PFA, PTFE & Halar 302' F (150' C)
With Meter -Mounted Amplifier: Rubber 178° F, (80° C), PFA, PTFE & Halar 212° F (100° C) _
Ambient Temperature
-4 ... 140oF (-20...60° C)
Relative Humidity
Up to 90 percent non -condensing
Flow Direction
Unidirectional or bidirectional two separate totalizers (programmable)
Totalization
Program mable/resettable
Units of Measure
Ounce, pound, liter, US gallon, imperial gallon, barrel, hectoliter, mega gallon, cubic meter, cubic feet, acre feet
Display
4 x 20 character display with backlight
Programming
Three -button, external manual or remote
Amplifier Housing
Cast aluminum, powder -coated paint
Detector Housing
Standard: Carbon steel welded; Optional: 316 or 304 stainless steel
Pipe Spool Material
316 stainless steel
Flanges
Standard: ANSI 1316.5 Class 150 RF forged carbon steel; Optional: 300 lb forged carbon steel, 316 or 304 stainless steel
Pressure Rating
Line sizes up through 24 in: In accordance with ASME B16.5 Class 150 or Flange Rating Class 300
Line sizes greater than 24 in. and through 72 in: AWWA C-207 Class D or Class E Flange Rating
Liner Material
PFA up to 3/8 in., PTFE 1/2... 24 in., soft and hard rubber from 1...54 in., Halar® from 14...40 in.
Electrode Materials
Standard: Hastelloy C22; Optional: 316 stainless steel, gold/platinum plated, tantalum, platinum/rhodium
Mounting
Meter mount or remote wall mount (bracket supplied)
Locations
Indoor and outdoor
Meter Enclosure Classification
Standard: NEMA 4X (IP66); Optional: Submersible NEMA 6P (IP67), remote amplifier required
Junction Box Enclosure
For remote amplifier option: powder -coated die-cast aluminum, NEMA 4 (IP66)
Protection
Cable Entries
1/2 in. NPT cord grip (3)
Optional Stainless Steel
Meter Size Thickness (of one ring)
Grounding Rings
Up through 10 in. 0.135 in.
12...78 in. 0.187 in.
NSF Listed
Token Features
Models with hard rubber liner, 4 in. size and larger; PTFE liner, all sizes
Data Logging (Blue token); Store/Restore (Red token); Firmware Upgrade (Black token)
Page 2 MAG-DS-01047-EN-09 April 2019

Product Data Sheet
DIMENSIONS IN INCHES (MILLIMETERS)
7.1" 3.3"
(180 mm) 1.1" (88 mm)
7.1"
(180 MM) ® ®
a Ly
0 C
0 Size
A�
Meter with M2000 Amplifier
1.1"
(28 mm)
4
(12C
D 2 4.. I--- .
(61 mm)
Meter with Junction Box for Remote M2000 Amplifier
Est. Weight with
Flow
Range
Size
A
f3
M2
)00
L
)M
GPM
inch
mm
inch
mm
inch
mm
inch
mm
inch
mm
lb
kg
min
max
min
max
1 /4
6
6.7
170
14.0
356
3.5
89
11.4
288
8
3.5
0.06
20
0.02
5.3
5/16
8
6.7
170
14.0
356
3.5
89
11.4
288
8
3.5
0.10
36
0.03
9.5
3/8
10
6.7
170
14.0
356
3.5
89
11.4
288
8
3.5
0.15
56
0.04
14.9
1/2
15
6.7
170
14.0
356
3.5
89
11.4
288
10
4.5
0.32
127
0.09
33
3/4
20
6.7
170
14.2
361
3.9
99
11.5
293
10
4.5
0.57
226
0.15
59
1
25
8.9
225
14.4
366
4.3
108
11.7
298
11
5
0.89
353
0.24
93
1-1/4
32
8.9
225
15.2
386
4.6
117
12.5
318
13
6
1.5
579
0.04
152
1-1/2
40
8.9
225
15.4
390
5.0
127
12.7
322
15.5
7
2.3
904
0.06
238
2
50
8.9
225
15.9
403
6.0
152
13.2
335
19
8.5
3.6
1413
1.0
373
2-1/2
65
11.0
280
17.1
434
7.0
178
14.4
366
27.5
12.5
6.0
2389
1.6
630
3
80
11.0
280
17.3
440
7.5
191
14.7
372
31
14
9.1
3619
2.4
955
4
100
11.0
280
18.4
466
9.0
229
15.7
398
42
19
15
5654
3.8
1492
5
125
15.8
400
19.6
498
10.0
254
16.9
430
53
24
23
8835
5.9
2332
6
150
15.8
400
20.6
524
11.0
279
17.9
456
60.5
27.5
32
12,723
8.4
3358
8
200
15.8
400
22.5
572
13.5
343
20.4
518
87
39.5
57
22,619
15.0
5971
10
250
19.7
500
26.8
681
16.0
406
24.1
613
129
58.5
89
35,342
23.4
9330
12
300
19.7
500
28.9
734
19.0
483
26.2
666
204
92.5
128
50,893
33.6
13,435
14
350
19.7
500
30.8
782
21.0
533
28.2
716
262
119
174
69,272
45.8
18,287
16
400
23.6
600
33.7
856
23.5
597
31.0
788
344
156
227
90,477
59.8
23,886
18
450
23.6
600
35.0
890
25.0
635
32.4
822
397
180
287
114,510
75.6
30,230
20
500
23.6
600
38.2
969
27.5
699
35.5
901
470
213
354
141,371
93.4
37,322
22
550
23.6
600
39.6
1005
29.5
749
36.9
937
549
249
428
171,059
112.9
45,159
24
600
23.6
600
42.2
1071
32.0
813
39.5
1003
617
280
509
203,575
134.4
53,743
28
700
23.6
600
46.2
1173
36.5
927
44.0
1118
930
422
693
277,088
182.9
73151
30
750
31.5
800
48.3
1228
39.0
984
45.7
1161
1171
531
796
318,085
210.0
83,974
32
800
31.5
800
52.2
1325
41.4
1015
49.5
1257
1378
625
905
361,911
238.9
95,544
36
900
31.5
800
55.3
1405
46.0
1168
54.1
1374
1788
811
1146
458,043
302.4
120,923
40
1000
31.5
800
60.0
1525
50.2
1230
57.4
1457
2112
958
1414
565,486
373.3
149,288
42
1050
39.4
1 1000
1 66.0
1675
53.0
1346
63.4
1610
2339
1061
1559
623,448
411.5
164 590
48
1200
39.4
1000
69.9
1775
59.4
1455
67.2
1707
3219
1460
2036
814,300
537.5
214 975
54
1350
39.4
1 1000
1 75.4
1915
66.2
1681
73.0
1927
4101
1860
2577
1,030,598
680.2
272,078
For larger sizes, contact the factory
April2019 MAG-DS-01047-EN-09 Page 3

M-Series' M2000, Electromagnetic Flow Meter
Control. Manage. Optimize.
ModMAG and M-Series are registered trademarks of Badger Meter, Inc. Other trademarks appearing in this document are the property of their respective entities. Due to
continuous research, product improvements and enhancements, Badger Meter reserves the right to change product or system specifications without notice, except to the extent
an outstanding contractual obligation exists. © 2019 Badger Meter, Inc. All rights reserved.
www.badgermeter.com
The Americas I Badger Meter 14545 West Brown Deer Rd I PO Box 245036 1 Milwaukee, Wl 53224-9536 1 800-876-3837 1 414-355-0400
Mexico I Badger Meter de las Americas, S.A. de C.V. I Pedro Luis Ogaz6n N°32 I Esq. Angelina N°241 Colonia Guadalupe Inn I CP 01050 1 Mexico, DF I Mexico [phone]
Europe, Eastern Europe Branch Office (for Poland, Latvia, Lithuania, Estonia, Ukraine, Belarus) I Badger Meter Europe I ul. Korfantego 6 1 44-193 Knur6w Poland 1 [phone]
Europe, Middle East and Africa I Badger Meter Europa GmbH I Nurtinger Str 76 172639 Neuffen I Germany 1 [phone]
Europe, Middle East Branch Office I Badger Meter Europe I PO Box 341442 1 Dubai Silicon Oasis, Head Quarter Building, Wing C, Office #C209 I Dubai / UAE 1+971-4-371 2503
Slovakia I Badger Meter Slovakia s.r.o. � Racianska 109/13 1 831 02 Bratislava, Slovakia 1 [phone]
Asia Pacific Badger Meter 180 Marine Parade Rd 1 19-07 Parkway Parade I Singapore 449269 1 [phone]
Switzerland Badger Meter Swiss AG I Mittelholzerstrasse 8 13006 Bern I Switzerland 1+41-31-932 01 11 Legacy Document Numbers: MAG-DS-00176-EN and MAG-DS-00178-EN

ModMAG® M2000
M-Series' I B-MAG Electromagnetic Flow Meters
Electromagnetic Flow Meter
ftd..rM-,Inc. /
Model M2000 f
f
.f
E§ Badger Meter
User Manual
MAG-UM-01272-EN-09 (February 2019)

M2000 Electromagnetic Flow Meter
Page ii MAG-UM-01272-EN-09 February 2019

User Manual
CONTENTS
Safety Precautions and Instructions...........................................................5
System Description.....................................................................5
Unpacking and Inspection................................................................6
Rigging, Lifting and Moving Large Units.....................................................6
Meter Location, Orientation and Applications....................................................8
Temperature Ranges.................................................................8
Remote Amplifier Outdoor Location....................................................... 8
Pipelines and Fluid Flow...............................................................8
MeterOrientation...................................................................9
Vertical Placement............................................................... 9
Horizontal Placement............................................................. 9
Straight Pipe Requirements.............................................................9
Pipe Reducer Requirements............................................................ 10
Chemical Injection Applications......................................................... 10
Partially -Filled Pipe Situations........................................................... 1 1
Meter Gaskets and Grounding.............................................................12
Meter/Pipeline Connection Gaskets....................................................... 12
Meter Grounding..................................................................12
Recommended Installation with Grounding Rings ............................................. 12
Amplifier Mounting Configuration Options ..................................................... 13
Meter Mount Configuration............................................................13
Remote Mount Configuration...........................................................13
Submersible Option.................................................................13
Wiring.............................................................................13
WiringSafety.....................................................................13
Opening the M2000 Meter Cover ........................................................ 13
Power Connections.................................................................14
External Disconnect..............................................................14
AC Power Wiring.................................................................14
Remote Mount Installation............................................................ 14
February 2019 MAG-UM-01272-EN-09 Page iii

M2000 Electromagnetic Flow Meter
Mount Bracket to Amplifier..........................................................14
Wiring Configuration..............................................................14
Wiring for Remote Configuration......................................................15
Empty Pipe Detection Considerations...................................................15
Configuring Input/Output(1/O)............................................................16
Analog Output Wiring Diagram.......................................................17
Digital Output Wiring Diagrams.......................................................18
Digital Input Wiring Diagram.........................................................18
Programming the M2000 Meter............................................................ 19
Displays.........................................................................19
Menu Selection Display............................................................19
Numeric Entry Display.............................................................19
Function Buttons...................................................................20
Security............................................................................22
Setting the Administration PIN .......................................................... 22
Setting the Service PIN............................................................... 22
Setting the User PIN................................................................. 22
Entering Your Personal Identification Number (PIN) ............................................. 23
Setting Up the M2000 Meter with Quick Setup ................................................... 24
Quick Reference......................................................................26
Using the M2000 Meter Main Menu Programming Options ........................................... 27
Encoder Protocol Interface............................................................... 47
Store / Restore Feature.................................................................. 49
Data Logging Feature...................................................................49
Maintenance........................................................................50
Cleaning the Flow Tube and Electrode..................................................... 50
Replacing the Fuse..................................................................50
Replacing the Circuit Board............................................................ 50
Troubleshooting......................................................................51
Specifications........................................................................54
Page iv MAG-UM-01272-EN-09 February 2019

Safety Precautions and Instructions
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND INSTRUCTIONS
Some procedures in this manual require special safety considerations. In such cases, the text is emphasized with the
following symbols:
Symbol Explanation
AWARNING Warning indicates the potential for severe personal injury, death or substantial property damage.
Comply with the instructions and proceed with care.
ACAUTION Caution indicates the potential for minor personal injury or property damage. Comply with the
instructions and proceed with care.
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The Badger Meter M-Series® model M2000 electromagnetic flow meter is intended for fluid metering in most industries
including water, wastewater, food and beverage, pharmaceutical and chemical.
The basic components of an electromagnetic flow meter are:
• The detector, which includes the flow tube, isolating liner and measuring electrodes.
• The amplifier, which is the electronic device responsible for the signal processing, flow calculation, display and
output signals.
E Amplifier
Detector
Figure 1: Amplifier and detector
The construction materials of the wetted parts (liner and electrodes) should be appropriate for the specifications on the
intended type of service. We recommend that you review all of the compatibilities consistent with the specifications.
Each meter is factory tested and calibrated. A calibration certificate is included with each meter.
February 2019 MAG-UM-01272-EN-09 Page 5

Unpacking and Inspection
UNPACKING AND INSPECTION
Follow these guidelines when unpacking the M-Series equipment.
• If a shipping container shows any sign of damage, have the shipper present when you unpack the meter.
• Follow all unpacking, lifting and moving instructions associated with the shipping container.
• Open the container and remove all packing materials. Store the shipping container and packing
materials in the event the unit needs to be shipped for service.
• Verify that the shipment matches the packing list and your order form.
• Inspect the meter for any signs of shipping damage, scratches, or loose or broken parts.
NOTE: If the unit was damaged in transit, it is your responsibility to request an inspection report from the carrier within
48 hours. You must then file a claim with the carrier and contact Badger Meter for appropriate repairs or replacement.
• All detectors with polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) liners are shipped with a liner protector on each end to maintain proper
form of the PTFE material during shipping and storage.
NOTE: Do not remove the liner protectors until you are ready to install.
• Storage: If the meter is to be stored, place it in its original container in a dry, sheltered location. Storage temperature ranges
are:-40...160° F (-40... 70° Q.
Rigging, Lifting and Moving Large Units
ACAUTION
WHEN RIGGING, LIFTING OR MOVING LARGE UNITS, FOLLOW THESE GUIDELINES:
• DO NOT lift or move a meter by its amplifier, junction box or cables.
• Use a crane rigged with soft straps to lift and move meters with flow tubes that are between two inches and eight inches
(50 mm and 200 mm). Place the straps around the detector body, between the flanges, on each side of the detector.
• Use the lifting lugs when lifting meter flow tubes that are 10 inches (250 mm) in diameter or larger.
Place straps between flanges.
Figure 2: Rigging large units
L
Use lifting lugs with 10-inch or larger meters.
Page 6 MAG-UM-01272-EN-09 February 2019

Unpacking and Inspection
Use the sling -rigged method to lift large detectors into a vertical position while they are still crated. Use this method to
position while they are still crated. Use this method to position large detectors vertically into pipelines.
Figure 3: Sling -Rigged lifting methods
• Do not lift a detector with a forklift by positioning the detector body on the forks, with the flanges extending beyond the
lift. This could dent the housing or damage the internal coil assemblies.
• Never place forklift forks, rigging chains, straps, slings, hooks or other lifting devices inside or through the detector's flow
tube to hoist the unit. This could damage the isolating liner.
Do not lift detector with forklift.
l
Do not lift or rig lifting devices through detector.
Figure 4: Lifting and rigging cautions
February 2019 MAG-UM-01272-EN-09 Page 7

Meter Location, Orientation and Applications
METER LOCATION, ORIENTATION AND APPLICATIONS
Gasket and grounding requirements must be considered when determining the meter location, orientation and application.
See "Meter Gaskets and Grounding"on page 72. The M2000 meter provides two amplifier mounting options: a meter mount
option and a remote mount option.
Meter mount
Figure5: Amplifier mounting options
Temperature Ranges
ACAUTION
Remote mount
TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE METER, STRICTLY OBSERVE THE AMPLIFIER'S AND DETECTOR'S MAXIMUM
TEMPERATURE RANGES.
• In regions with extremely high ambient temperatures, protect the detector.
• In cases where fluid temperature exceeds 212' F (100° C), use the remote version.
Amplifier Ambient temperature - 4...140' F (-20... 60' C)
Detector Fluid temperature PTFE / PFA - 40...302' F (- 40... 150° C)
Hard rubber 32... 176' F (0... 80' C)
Remote Amplifier Outdoor Location
The amplifier can be installed and operated outdoors. However, it must be protected from the elements, as follows:
• The ambient environment/temperature rating for the unit is-4...1400 F (-20... 600 Q.
• If an indoor location is within 500 feet (152 meters) of the detector, consider increasing the cable length and mounting the
amplifier indoors.
• At minimum, fabricate a roof or shield over and/or around the amplifier to protect the LCD screen from direct sunlight.
Pipelines and Fluid Flow
Take the following precautions during installation:
• Do not install the meter on pipes with extreme vibrations. If pipes are vibrating, secure the piping with appropriate pipe
supports in front of and behind the meter. If vibrations cannot be restrained, mount the amplifier in a remote location.
• Do not install the detector close to pipeline valves, fittings or impediments that can cause flow disturbances.
• For detectors with PTFE liners, do not install the detector on suction sides of pumps.
• Do not install the detector on outlet sides of piston or diaphragm pumps. Pulsating flow can affect meter performance.
• Avoid installing the detector near equipment that produces electrical interference such as electric motors, transformers,
variable frequency, and power cables.
• Verify that both ends of the signal cables are securely fastened.
• Place power cables and signal cables in separate conduits.
• Place the meter where there is enough access for installation and maintenance tasks.
Page 8 MAG-UM-01272-EN-09 February 2019

Meter Location, Orientation and Applications
Meter Orientation
Mag meters can operate accurately in any pipeline orientation and can measure volumetric flow in forward and
reverse directions as long as the pipe is completely full.
NOTE: A "Forward Flow" direction arrow is printed on the detector label.
Vertical Placement
Mag meters perform best when placed vertically, with liquid flowing upward and meter electrodes in a closed, full pipe.
Figure 6: Vertical placement
Vertical placement allows the pipe to remain completely full, even in low flow, low pressure applications, and it prevents
solids build-up, sediment deposit and accumulation on the liner and electrodes.
NOTE: Carefully observe the "Forward Flow" label on the meter body and install the meter accordingly. When
installed vertically, rotate amplifier so that cable glands are facing down.
Horizontal Placement
M2000 meters are equipped with an Empty Pipe Detection feature. If an electrode mounted in the pipe is not covered by fluid
for five seconds, the meter will display an Empty Pipe Detection condition. The meter will send out an error message and
stop measuring flow. When the electrode is again covered with fluid, the error message disappears and the meter will begin
measuring.
When installing the meter on a horizontal pipe, mount the detector to the pipe with the flow -measuring electrode axis in a
horizontal plane (three and nine o'clock). This placement helps prevent solids build-up, sediment deposit and accumulation
on the electrodes.
Electrode
Plane
Electrode
Plane
(i�
RIGHT
WRONG
Figure Horizontal
placement
Straight Pipe Requirements
Sufficient straight -pipe runs are required at the detector inlet and outlet for optimum meter accuracy and performance. An
equivalent of 3...7 diameters of straight pipe is required on the inlet (upstream) side to provide a stable flow profile. Two
diameters are required on the outlet (downstream) side.
Flow Meter
D (Pipe Size)
Forward Flow
-----------------------------
Check Valve
Globe Valve
Butterfly Valve l
Pump
Elbow
Tee
Gate Valve 3xD
(Fully Open) Minimum Straight Pipe
D(Pipe Size)
2xD
Minimum Straight Pipe
7 x D _ Standard Concentric
Minimum Straight Pipe Reducers
(No Distance Required)
Figure 8: Minimum straight pipe requirements
Elbow
Tee
Any Valve
February 2019 MAG-UM-01272-EN-09 Page 9

Meter Location, Orientation and Applications
Pipe Reducer Requirements
With pipe reducers, a smaller meter can be mounted in larger pipelines. This arrangement may increase low -flow accuracy.
There are no special requirements for standard, concentric, pipe reducers.
Custom fabricated pipe reducers must have an approximate slope angle of 15 degrees to minimize flow disturbances and
excessive loss of head. If this is not possible, install the custom pipe reducers as if they were fittings and install the required
amount of straight pipe.
Flow Meter
D (Pipe Size)
Forward Flow
Custom Fabricak
Reduce
(15 Degree SlopeAngl
Size)
(No Distance Required)
Figure 9: Pipe reducer requirements
Chemical Injection Applications
For water line applications with a chemical injection point, install the meter upstream of the injection point. This eliminates
any meter performance issues.
CHEMICAL
Flow Meter INJECTION
HERE! r L
y FORWARD FLOW cevi
ILnj
UPSTREAM DOWNSTREAM
Figure 10: Chemical injection point downstream of meter
If a meter must be installed downstream of a chemical injection connection, the distance between the flange and the
injection point should be between 50 and 100 feet (15 and 30 meters). The distance must be long enough to allow the
water/chemical solution to reach the meter in a complete, homogeneous mixture. If the injection point is too close, the meter
senses the two conductivities for each liquid. This will likely result in inaccurate measurements. The injection method —
spaced bursts, continuous stream of drips or liquid or gas —can also affect downstream readings by the meter.
CHEMICAL
INJECTION Flow Meter
HERE_ W TO 100
(((� FEE
T U
FORWARD � J
Art
UPSTREAM DOWNSTREAM
Figure 11: Chemical injection point upstream of meter
Sometimes, due to circumstances, it is difficult to specify the exact downstream placement distances. Contact Badger Meter
Technical Support to review your application if necessary.
Page 10 MAG-UM-01272-EN-09 February2019

Meter Location, Orientation and Applications
Partially -Filled Pipe Situations
In some locations, the process pipe may be momentarily only partially filled. Examples include: lack of back pressure,
insufficient line pressure and gravity flow applications.
To eliminate these situations:
• Do not install the meter at the highest point of the pipeline.
• Do not install the meter in a vertical, downward flow section of pipe.
• Always position the ON/OFF valves on the downstream side of the meter.
WRONG RIGHT
Figure 12: Incorrect meter placement
WRONG
V
CD
n___1L_
RIGHT
V ICI
CD
��
Do not install in a vertical, downward position. Position "On/Off" valves on downstream side.
Figure 13: Position valves on downstream side
To minimize the possibility of partially -full pipe flows in horizontal, gravity or low pressure applications, create a pipe
arrangement that ensures the detector remains full of liquid at all times.
o a�
Figure 14: Pipe positioned to keep water in detector
February 2019 MAG-UM-01272-EN-09 Page 11

Meter Gaskets and Grounding
METER GASKETS AND GROUNDING
Gaskets and grounding are required for proper mag meter installation.
IMPORTANT
If you received grounding rings with your meter, install them. Electromagnetic meters require a good ground for proper operation.
Grounding rings also help protect the edge of the liner from debris that may flow from the pipe.
Meter/Pipeline Connection Gaskets
IMPORTANT
It is essential that the mag meter amplifier's input ground (zero voltage reference) be electrically connected to the liquid media and
to a good, solid earth ground reference.
You must install gaskets (not provided) between the detector's isolating liner, grounding rings and the pipeline flange to
provide a proper and secure hydraulic seal. Use gaskets that are compatible with the fluid. Center each gasket on the flange to
avoid flow restrictions or turbulence in the line.
Grounding Ring
1
Gaskets Recommended
Grounding Ring
Figure 15: Meter/pipeline connection gaskets and grounding rings
During installation, do not use graphite or any electrically conductive sealing compound to hold the gaskets. This could
compromise the accuracy of the measuring signal.
If you are using a grounding ring in the detector/pipeline connection, place the ring between two gaskets. (See
"Recommended Installation with Grounding Rings".)
Meter Grounding
Process pipeline material can be either electrically conductive (metal) or not electrically conductive (made of or lined with
PVC, fiberglass or concrete).
Recommended Installation with Grounding Rings
IMPORTANT
Badger Meter recommends the installation of a pair of grounding rings between the mating flanges at both ends of the meter. See
Figure 15.
Connect the grounding straps to both of the grounding rings and to a good, solid earth ground. Grounding rings are available
in stainless steel. If your fluid is too aggressive for stainless steel, order a meter with the optional grounding electrode in a
material compatible with the fluid.
Page 12 MAG-UM-01272-EN-09 February2019

Amplifier Mounting Configuration Options
AMPLIFIER MOUNTING CONFIGURATION OPTIONS
There are two configuration options for mounting the amplifier. There are many options to accommodate a variety of
meter -placement and environmental conditions.
Meter Mount Configuration
The meter mount configuration has the amplifier mounted directly on the detector. This compact, self-contained
configuration minimizes installation wiring.
Remote Mount Configuration
The remote mount configuration places the amplifier at a location away from the fluid flow and detector.This is necessary in
situations where process fluid temperature or the environment exceeds amplifier ratings.
The detector and amplifier are connected by wires, run through conduit, between junction boxes on the detector and the
amplifier. The distance between the detector junction box and amplifier junction box can be up to 500 feet (152 meters). A
remote mounting bracket is supplied.
Submersible Option
If you are installing the meter in a vault, you should order the remote amplifier option. You must not install the amplifier inside
a vault. We also recommend ordering the remote meter package with the submersible option (NEMA 6P). This will eliminate
any potential problems resulting from humidity or temporary flooding in the vault.
NOTE: The National Electronics Manufacturer's Association (NEMA) 6P enclosures are constructed for indoor or outdoor use
to provide protection against access to hazardous parts; to provide a degree of protection against ingress of solid
foreign objects and water (hose directed water and the entry of water during prolonged submersion at a limited
depth); that provide an additional level of protection against corrosion and that will be undamaged by the external
formation of ice on the enclosure.
WIRING
Wiring Safety
AT INSTALLATION, BE SURE TO COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING REQUIREMENTS:
• Disconnect power to the unit before attempting any connection or service to the unit.
• Do not bundle or route signal lines with power lines.
• Keep all lines as short as possible.
• Use twisted pair shielded wire for all output wiring.
• Observe all applicable, local electrical codes.
Opening the M2000 Meter Cover
The M2000 amplifier's design lets you open the cover without completely removing it.
AWARNING
COVER IS ATTACHED WITH DISPLAYRIBBON CABLE.
To open the cover you will need a blade screwdriver.
Follow these steps:
1. Disconnect power to the unit.
2. Completely remove the two screws from either the left or the right side of the amplifier.
February 2019 MAG-UM-01272-EN-09 Page 13

Wiring
3. Loosen each of the remaining screws so that the round head of the screw clears the top edge of the cover.
4. Lift and pivot the cover into the open position.
Figure 16: Open cover
Power Connections
External Disconnect
ACAUTION
• Install an external disconnect switch or circuit breaker that meets local standards.
• Position the M2000 meter in an accessible location.
• Position and identify the disconnect device so as to provide safe and easy operation.
• Label the disconnect device as being for the mag meter.
AC Power Wiring
For the AC power connections, use three wire -sheathed cable with an overall cable diameter of 0.2...0.45 inch (5...12 mm).
For signal output, use 18...22 gauge (0.25 ... 0.75 mm2) shielded wire. Overall cable diameter between 0.12...0.35 inch
(3...9 mm).
ACAUTION
TO PREVENT ACCIDENTS, CONNECT MAIN POWER ONLYAFTER ALL OTHER WIRING HAS BEEN COMPLETED.
The amplifier is a microprocessor device. It is important that the power supply be as"clean"as possible. Avoid using power
lines that feed heavy loads: pumps, motors, etc. If dedicated lines are not available, a filtering or isolation system may
be required.
Power wiring is the same for meter mount and remote mount amplifiers.
Remote Mount Installation
If you are installing the M2000 amplifier in a remote location, review the procedures in this section.
Mount Bracket to Amplifier
1. Align bracket -mounting holes with amplifier mounting holes.
2. Attach bracket to amplifier with supplied screws. Torque screws to 80 inch pounds.
Wiring Configuration
Wiring between the detector and the M2000 amplifier comes complete from the factory. If your installation requires the use
of conduit, we recommend that you follow these steps when wiring the detector to the amplifier.
1. Remove the junction box lid. Carefully remove the wires connected to the terminal blocks that run to the M2000 amplifier.
See the chart below for a reference of wire color to terminal connection.
2. Run cable through the conduit from the amplifier location while retaining the wiring of the cable to the amplifier,
as supplied.
Page 14 MAG-UM-01272-EN-09 February2019

Wiring
3. Complete conduit assembly on both ends and rewire the cable into the junction box as it was previously wired.
Wiring for Remote Configuration
® 44
shield (black)
green
_
pink
yellow
44
shield (black)
®
CS C2 C1
46
`� brown
_
44
shield (black)
45
white
^ white
\)
®
C E1
shield (black)
® �
r ES
brown
®
1: E2
shield (black)
® 7
[ RS
®13
12
yellow,
pink
® d
1: EP
t
green
shield (black)
®
C ES
Figure IT Wiring for remote configuration
Remote style M2000 amplifier models can be ordered with standard cables measuring 15, 30, 50,100 and 150 feet. In addition,
cables up to 500 feet are available.
Junction Box
Amplifier
Connection No.
Description
Wire Color
Connection
11
Coil
Green
C1
12
Coil
Yellow
C2
13
Main Shield
Black (Red Ferrule)
CS
45
Electrode
White
E1
44*
Electrode Shield
Black
ES
46
Electrode
Brown
E2
40
Empty Pipe
Pink
EP
44*
Empty Pipe Shield
Black
ES
*Connections with the No. 44
are lying on the same potential.
Empty Pipe Detection Considerations
Take into account the following cable length and conductivity requirements, if you will be using empty pipe detection.
Cable Length (Feet)
Minimum Conductivity Required
(pS/cm)
0*
5
100
20
500
100
* Meter Mount
February 2019 MAG-UM-01272-EN-09 Page 15

Configuring Input/Output (1/0)
CONFIGURING INPUT/OUTPUT (1/0)
This section describes wiring the following M2000 meter inputs/outputs:
• Analog output
• Digital input
• Digital outputs
• Communication
Once the sensor and the amplifier have been wired, wire any inputs and outputs to the M2000 amplifier.
Do not connect the main power connection until you have made all other wiring connections. Follow all of the safety
precautions and local code to prevent electrical shock and damage to the electronic components.
—P 0 1
0 FLI 0 irl
C
D i s lay
COII �
j k• ❑I��
V4
II��!
1
�!5
� !3
Electrodes P
Detector !s
,,QQQ�
ro)
11
M em ory
Token
Fuse
AC DC
�,. GO
N
L +
Power supply
,.P1
1 m Jumper JP1
(Output 1)
am JumperJP2
* (Output 2)
E
1d f
0
Communication Interface
Daughterboard
Supported protocols include:
RS485 MODBUS RTU
PROFIBUS DP
HART
Figure 18: Configuring input/output
Vu
Connections
Page 16 MAG-UM-01272-EN-09 February2019

Configuring Input/Output (1/0)
Input/Output
Description
Terminal
Analog Output
0...20 mA Resistive Load < 800 ohms
16 (+)
4...20 mA Resistive Load < 800 ohms
15 (—)
0...10 mA Resistive Load < 800 ohms
2...10 mA Resistive Load < 800 ohms
Digital Output 1
Passive max. 30V DC, 100 mA
1 (+) and 2 (—)
Active 24V DC, 50 mA (set Jumper JP1)
Max. Frequency 10 kHz
Digital Output 2
Passive max. 30V DC, 100 mA
3 (+) and 4 (—)
Active 24V DC, 50 mA (set Jumper JP2)
Max. Frequency 10 kHz
Digital Output 3
Passive Max 30V DC, 100 mA, 10 kHz
10 (+) and 9 (—)
Solid State Relay 48V AC, 500 mA, 1 kHz
10 (+) and 11 (—)
* Software configurable
Digital Output 4
Passive Max 30V DC, 100 mA, 10 kHz
13 (+) and 12 (—)
Solid State Relay 48V AC, 500 mA, 1 kHz
13 (+) and 14 (—)
* Software configurable
Digital Input
5...30V DC
8 (+) and 9 (—)
Communications
RS232, configurable, MODBUS RTU, Remote Menu, or
7 GND
(Port A)
Primo 3.1 Emulation.
6 Rx
5 Tx
Analog Output Wiring Diagram
Active Analog Output
I — — — — — — — — — I L.4op VQItage; 24 Vcc Sourced
I I
I I
rnA Analog
Ou uk (#) I RLaao�MAX) = W 1
2
I I
I I
I COIII 15 I
I I
I I
I ---------- I
I I
Figure 19: Analog output wiring diagram
February 2019 MAG-UM-01272-EN-09 Page 17

Configuring Input/Output (1/0)
Digital Output Wiring Diagrams
OUTPUT #1
K4i:149;13
PROGRAMMABLE FUNCTIONS
FORWARD PULSE
REVERSE PULSE
AMR PULSE
FLOW $ET POINT
EMPTY PIPE ALARM
FLOW DIRECTION
PRESET OUTPUT
ERROR ALARM
24VDc SUPPLY
AIDE
JP1
NOT PLACED: PASSIVE OPERATION
PLACED: ACTIVE OPERATION
I
RELAY + 1 1U
I 1
1 I
I 1
I
I 1
1 rL tz^� I
I
1 HW TYPE 1 14
I 1
I 1
I 1
I 1
1 OPEN COLLECTOR
1 I 4J
1 = I
I rnm 1
1-----------------I
Digital Input Wiring Diagram
PROGRAMMAIN . F . CTIONS
FREQUENCY O
FLOW SET POINT
EMPTY PIPE ALARM
FLOW DIRECTION
PRESET OUTPUT
ERROR ALARM
PROGRAMMABLE CIRCUIT
SOLID STATE RELAY
OPEN COLLECTOR
OUTPUT #2
OUTPUT #4
F�RkhMFUNGTIONS
REVERSE PULSE
FLOW SET POINT
EMPTY PIPE ALARM
FLOW DIRECTION
PRESET OUTPUT
ERROR ALARM
24Vm SUPPLY
JP2
NOT PLACED: PASSIVE OPERATION
PLACED: ACTIVE OPERATION
r i
I RELAY + I 13
I I
I � I
I I
I
I I
I
rL
-TYPE 13
I I
I I
I I
I I
OPEN COLLECTOR 72
I I
I = I
I ----------------I
Figure 20: Digital output wiring diagrams
DIGITAL INPUT
PROGRAMMABLE FUNCTIONS
REMOTE RESET
I Normally
BATCH RESET
POSITIVE RETURN TO ZERO
OPTION 1 i Open
ADE
`Contact
i
INPUT
I 1
5-30VDC
7=
I COM t91 I J
I Normally
OPTION 2 1 Open Contact
1
2A VDc
I a,"-
7 Requires
f
Output 1 or Output 2 to be
1
INPUT
f I S
cGnfiguced for "24 VDc Supply"
f 1
1
Figure 21: Digital input wiring diagram
PROGRAMMABLE FUNCTIONS
FLOW SET POINT
EMPTY PIPE ALARM
FLOW DIRECTION
PRESET OUTPUT
ERROR ALARM
t E 8061
OPEN COLLECTOR
Page 18 MAG-UM-01272-EN-09 February 2019

Programming the M2000 Meter
PROGRAMMING THE M2000 METER
The M2000 amplifier comes pre-programmed from the factory. Typically, you will not need to do any additional
programming. However, to take advantage of special features, you can program the meter for your specific needs. If you
will be programming the meter, familiarize yourself with the M2000 meter's Function Buttons and follow the procedures
outlined below.
Displays
There are two types of displays on the M2000 meter:
• Menu Selection
• Numeric Entry
Menu Selection Display
Menu selection displays will appear in the following format:
DISPLAY TITLE START MENU
>Menu Selection 1 >Exit this Menu
Menu Selection 2 Main Menu
DIRECTIONS LINE MORE: T,� ENTER:>
Display format Example menu
Figure 22: Menu selection displays
The top line shows the title of the display screen. Below that are two visible menu selections. The bottom line provides
directions for user input.
Typically, a menu contains more options than will fit in the two menu selection lines. Press the [T] and [�] buttons to scroll the
display text up and down one line at a time. When the arrow is pointed to your desired menu option, press [E] to select the
item and open its display.
Numeric Entry Display
Numeric entry displays will appear in the following format:
DISPLAY TITLE
Description Line
Numeric Value
DIRECTIONS LINE
Display format
Figure23: Numeric entry displays
LOW FLOW CUTOFF
of 300.000 GPM
2.00%
CHG: +, NEXT:E
Example numeric entry display
The top line shows the title of the display screen. The second line is a description of the value. The third line shows the
current value.The bottom line provides directions for user input.
NOTE: The bottom line of a numeric -value display provides prompts regarding the function of each button. The [+] or [—]
button will change the value of the numeral.The [E] button will move the cursor one digit to the right. When the
cursor is at the final, right -most digit, pressing [E] will reposition the cursor at the left -most digit. The bottom line
display will change to reflect the new function of the [E] button. Press [E] to save the current entry. Press [+] to edit
the current entry.
LOW FLOW CUTOFF
of 300.000 GPM
3.00%
EDIT:+ SAVE:E
Figure 24: Title, value description, current value, directions to user
February 2019 MAG-UM-01272-EN-09 Page 19

Programming the M2000 Meter
Details on how to change and set numeric values are described in "Function Buttons" on page20.
Function Buttons
All M2000 meter programming is accomplished using the three function buttons located on the front of the amplifier:
Figure25: Function buttons
NOTE: Throughout this manual, the buttons will be referred to as: [T] or [+] and [. ] or[-], depending on the context. The
"Enter" button will be referred to as [E].
® Consider the [+ I T] button as the "next step" or "scroll text up" button. During programming, pressing this button will
go to the next menu selection, or increment a numeral.
Example 1:The illustration below shows the M2000 meter's Main Menu. The selection arrow is pointing to the Exit this Menu
selection.
To scroll up to the menu's next selection, press [T] once. The menu text scrolls up to the next menu selection, Main Menu.
START MENU Press [T]
>Exit this Menu
Main Menu
MORE: T,� ENTER:>
Figure 26: Scroll up
START MENU
> Main Menu
Quick Setup
MORE: T,. ENTER:>
Example 2: Some procedures require you to enter a numeric value. The [+] button is used to increment the selected numeral.
The illustration below shows the Low Flow Cutoff parameter display. Notice the cursor under the 2 in the ones' place. In this
case, press [+] once to increment the numeral to the value of 3.00%.
Press[+]
LOW FLOW CUTOFF LOW FLOW CUTOFF
of 300.000 GPM % of 300.000 GPM
2.00% 3.00%
CHG: +, NEXT:E CHG: +, NEXT:E
Figure 27. Enter a numeric value
® Consider the Down Arrow [ - I � ] button as the "previous step" button. During a procedure, pressing this button will go
to the menu's previous selection or decrement a numeral.
Example 1:The illustration below shows the M2000 meter's Main Menu.The selection arrow is pointing to the Meter Setup
selection. To scroll the text down to the menu's previous selection, Exit this Menu (which is not visible on the display), press
[�] once.
MAIN MENU Press []MAIN MENU
>Meter Setup >Exit this Menu
Measurements Meter Setup
MORE: T,� ENTER:> MORE: T,� ENTER:>
Figure 28: Go to previous step
Page 20 MAG-UM-01272-EN-09 February 2019

Programming the M2000 Meter
Example 2: For procedures that require you to enter a numeric value, the [—] button is used to decrement the selected
numeral. The illustration below shows the Low Flow Cutoff parameter display. Notice the cursor under the 3 in the ones' place.
In this case, press the [—] once to decrement the numeral to the value of 2.00 %.
Press H
LOW FLOW CUTOFF
of 300.000 GPM
3.00%
CHG: +, NEXT:E
LOW FLOW CUTOFF
% of 300.000 GPM
2.00%
CHG: +, NEXT:E
Figure 29: Decrease a value
H
The [E] button functions as an "Enter" button, or "cursor right" button.
Example 1:The illustration below shows the M2000 meter's Main Menu.The selection arrow is pointing to the Meter Setup
selection. Press [E] to select Meter Setup, and open the Meter Setup display.
MAIN MENU Press [E]METER SETUP
>Meter Setup >Exit this Menu
Measurements Scale Factor
MORE: TjJ ENTER:> MORE:T,� ENTER:>
Figure 30: Go to meter setup
In cases where you are entering a numeric value, the [E] button does not function as the "Enter" button, but rather, will move
the cursor to the right. When the cursor is at the right -most position, the [E] will now serve as the Enter key.
Example 2:The illustration below shows the Low Flow Cutoff display. The cursor is under the 3 in the ones' place. In this case,
press [E] to move the cursor to the right one digit.
Press [E]
LOW FLOW CUTOFF LOW FLOW CUTOFF
of 300.000 GPM % of 300.000 GPM
3.00% 3.00%
CHG: +, NEXT:E CHG: +,- NEXT:E
Figure 37: Move the cursor to the right
February 2019 MAG-UM-01272-EN-09 Page 21

Security
SECURITY
The M2000 meter's security feature gives you the option to restrict access to the meter by way of a five -digit Personal
Identification Number (PIN). The system administrator can set up a single PIN for each of the three levels of access:
• Administration —allows access to all M2000 meter menu configuration screens.
• Service — allows access to service -level and user -level menu configuration screens.
• User — allows access only to user -level menu configuration screens.
Not all levels of access need to be set. If no PINS are set up, any M2000 meter user will have access to all functions.
NOTE: The security settings will also apply to remote access. All remote writes to the meter will be blocked unless the user is
remotely logged in.
Setting the Administration PIN
Users logged in with the Administration PIN have access to all M2000 meter menu configuration screens.
To set the administrator's PIN, follow these steps from the Advanced menu:
1. Select Security to view the Security menu.
2. Select Set Admin PIN to view the Admin PIN display.
3. Set the five -digit PIN number to the desired value.
4. Press [E] to save the PIN and to return to the Security menu.
Setting the Service PIN
Users logged in with the Service PIN have access to service level menu configuration screens. Service users will not have
access to administrative screens.
NOTE: In order to set a service -level PIN, you must first setup an administration PIN.
To set the service PIN, follow these steps from the Advanced menu:
1. Select Security to view the Security menu.
2. Select Set Service PIN to view the Service PIN display.
3. Set the five -digit PIN number to the desired value.
4. Press [E] to save the PIN and to return to the Security menu.
Setting the User PIN
Users logged in with this User PIN have access to user -level procedures. Users will not have access to administrative or service
screens.
NOTE: In order to set a user -level PIN, you must first setup an administration PIN and a service PIN.
To set the user's PIN, follow these steps from the Advanced menu:
1. Select Security to view the Security menu.
2. Select Set User PIN to view the User PIN display.
3. Set the five -digit PIN number to the desired value.
4. Press [E] to save the PIN and to return to the Security menu.
Page 22 MAG-UM-01272-EN-09 February 2019

Security
Entering Your Personal Identification Number (PIN)
If your system has been setup with PIN security, you need to enter a PIN to access programming functions. There are three
access levels, each with its own unique PIN: User, Service and Administration. Your system administrator will provide you with
the appropriate PIN.
NOTE: All PINS are factory set to 00000. At this setting, you will not be required to enter a PIN. If the system administrator has
not set the PIN, pressing [E] from the Start Screen opens the Main Menu.
If you forget or misplace your PIN, call Badger Meter Customer Service to get a master password. When you call, have
the security code that appears in the upper right corner of the PIN Request display.
Follow these steps to enter your PIN in the M2000 meter:
1. At the Main Menu, press [E]. The PIN Request display opens.
PIN REQUEST 12345 Security Code
Please enter
pin #: 00000
CHG:+,- NEXT:E
Figure 32: PIN request
2. Press [+] to increment the numeral.
3. Press [E] to move the cursor to the next digit.
4. Repeat the steps to set each of the five digits to match your PIN.
5. Press [E]. If you entered a valid PIN, the Main Menu opens indicating your level of access.
If you entered the wrong PIN, you will see the following display:
MENU ACCESS
DENIED
Figure 33: Wrong PIN entered
• Press [E] to return to the PIN Request display.
• Repeat Steps 1 through 5.
NOTE: Be sure to log off when you have completed work with the M2000 meter. Otherwise, there will be a five-minute delay
between your last activity and the time when the M2000 meter will automatically log you off.
February 2019 MAG-UM-01272-EN-09 Page 23

Setting Up the M2000 Meter with Quick Setup
SETTING UP THE M2000 METER WITH QUICK SETUP
The M2000 meter provides you with a Quick Setup utility that allows you to set or change your Flow Units, Totalizer Units, Full
Scale Flow and Low Flow Cutoff settings. To open the Quick Setup, select Quick Setup from the Start Menu.
Quick Setup
Flow Unit Flow Unit lets you set the unit of measure for the flow rate and full scale flow.
[GPM] To change the Flow Unit value, follow these steps from the Quick Setup menu.
1. Select Flow Unit to view the Flow Unit display.
2. Press [T] or [�] to position the arrow next to one
of the following Flow Units:
Code Flow Unit Code
Flow Unit
LPS Liters/Second GPM
Gallons/Minute
LPM Liters/Minute GPH
Gallons/Hour
LPH Liters/Hour MGD
Mega Gallons/Day
MIS Cubic Meters/Second IGS
UKG/Second
MIM Cubic Meters/Minute IGM
UKG/Minute
MIH Cubic Meters/Hour IGH
UKG/Hour
FIS Cubic Feet/Second LbM
Pounds/Minute
FIM Cubic Feet/Minute OPM
Ounces/Minute
FIH Cubic Feet/Hour BPM
Barrels/Minute
GPS Gallons/Second
3. Press [E] to save the Flow Units setting.
Totalizer Unit Totalizer Unit establishes the units of measure for the totalizers.
[USG] To change the Totalizer Unit value, follow these steps from the Totalizer Unit display.
1. Press [T] or [�] to position the arrow next to one of the following Totalizer Units:
Code Totalizer Unit Code
Totalizer Unit
L Liter UKG
Imperial Gallon
HL Hectoliter Lb
Pound
MI Cubic Meter Oz
Fluid Ounce
CFt Cubic Feet Aft
Acre Feet
USG U.S. Gallon BBL
Barrel
MG Mega Gallon
2. Press [E] to save the Totalizer Units setting.
Page 24 MAG-UM-01272-EN-09 February 2019

Setting Up the M2000 Meter with Quick Setup
Quick Setup
Full Scale Flow Full Scale Flow sets the maximum flow the system is expected to measure. This parameter has
influence on other system parameters. These parameters include:
• Frequency Output - Full scale frequency is observed at full scale flow
• Low Flow Cutoff - Changes to full scale flow affect the measuring cut-off threshold of the meter
• Alarm Outputs - Changes to full scale flow adjusts the thresholds for generating set point alarms
• Pulse Outputs - Changes to full scale flow adjusts the pulse frequency and duty cycle
• Analog Outputs - Changes to full scale flow adjusts the interpretation of the analog output signal
Change the full scale flow based on the meter size and the application's requirements. Verify that the
full scale flow falls within the meter's suggested flow range limits. In terms of flow velocity, the meter's
limits are from 0.1 to 39.4 feet/second.
The full scale flow is valid for both flow directions.
NOTE: If the flow rate exceeds the full scale setting, an error message indicates that the configured
full scale range has been exceeded. However, the meter will continue to measure. This will
affect the latency of the pulse outputs and possibly cause overflow. Furthermore, the analog
output may also be placed in alarm mode.
To set or change the Full Scale Flow, follow these steps from the Quick Setup menu:
1. Select Full Scale Flow to view the Full Scale Flow display.
2. Set the full scale flow value to the desired setting.
3. Press [E] to save the full scale flow value and return to the Measurements menu.
Low Flow Cutoff Low Flow Cutoff defines the threshold at which flow measurement will be forced to zero. The cutoff
value can be set from 0% to 10% of the full scale flow. Increasing this threshold will help prevent false
readings during "no flow" conditions possibly caused by pipe vibration or inherent system noise.
To change Low Flow Cutoff, follow these steps from the Low Flow Cutoff display.
1. Set the Low Flow Cutoff value to the desired setting, between 0% and 10%.
2. Press [E] to save the value.
February 2019 MAG-UM-01272-EN-09 Page 25

Quick Reference
QUICK REFERENCE
Main Menu
0 Meter Setup )p Scale Factor
Empty Pipe Detect
Power Line Freq
Excitation Freq
Pipe Diameter
Detector Factor
Detector Offset
Measurements )p Velocity Unit
Flow Unit
Totalizer Unit
Full Scale Flow
Low Flow Cutoff
- Flow Direction
- Damping Factor
Inputs/Outputs o Analog Output
• Digital Input
• Digital Output 1
• Digital Output 2
• Digital Output 3
• Digital Output 4
� Flow Simulation
Clear Totals TN
T+
T-
• PS
• Tpwroff
Communications )o Port A Settings
Port B Settings
Diagnostics
Advanced )p Data Logger
o Token Copy
Encoder Protocol
Totalizer Dials
Totalizer Resolution
Backlight Control
Analog Calibrate
Software Filter
0 Empty Pipe Cal.
0 Security
• Info/Help * Error Counts
0 Power Up Counter
Power Off Totalizer
Version Info
Serial Number
0 MeterTag Name
Daughterboard Info
Polarization Volt
Restore Defaults
• Language Select English
Espanol
Page 26 MAG-UM-01272-EN-09 February 2019

Using the M2000 Meter Main Menu Programming Options
USING THE M2000 METER MAIN MENU PROGRAMMING OPTIONS
The following M2000 meter programming options are available from the Main Menu:
• Meter Setup
• Measurements
• Inputs/Outputs
• Clear Totals
• Communications
• Advanced
• Info/Help
• Language Select
In the section that follows, the applicable security level for each menu option is indicated as follows:
A S U
Administrative Service User
Ir .
Options that can be set at Quick Setup are indicated with:
The factory default values are shown, enclosed in brackets.
NOTE: Options that are listed [Factory Set] should not be changed without specific directions from authorized
Badger Meter personnel.
Meter Setup
Scale Factor Changing the scale factor lets you adjust the meter's accuracy without disturbing factory -set
[0.0%] parameters. You can tune the meter to meet changing application requirements. For example, if the
meter is under registering by 0.5 percent then set the scale factor to +0.5%. If the meter is over
5 registering by 0.5 percent then set the scale factor to -0.5%.
To set the Scale Factor, follow these steps from the Meter Setup menu:
1. Select Scale Factor, to open the Scale Factor display.
2. Set the Scale Factor value to the desired setting.
3. Press [EL to save the new value and return to the Meter Setup menu.
Empty Pipe Detect When set to On, Empty Pipe Detect indicates to the outputs and the display that the meter is not
[Off] completely filled. When set to Off, empty pipe detect is disabled.
Enabling empty pipe detect requires a one-time calibration. Calibration is described in the Advanced
S menu section under Empty Pipe Cal.
To set Empty Pipe Detect, follow these steps from the Meter Setup menu:
1. Select Empty Pipe Detect to view the Empty Pipe Detect display.
2. Position the arrow next to On or Off.
3. Press [E] to save the Empty Pipe Detect On or Off and return to the Meter Setup menu.
Power Line Freq Power Line Freq provides measuring immunity to industrial noise from a power supply feed.
[60 Hz] To set Power Line Frequency, follow these steps from the Meter Setup menu:
1. Select Power Line Freq to view the Power Line Frequency display.
S 2. Position the arrow next to 50 Hz or 60 Hz.
3. Press [E] to save the power line frequency and return to the Meter Setup menu.
February 2019 MAG-UM-01272-EN-09 Page 27

Using the M2000 Meter Main Menu Programming Options
Meter Setup
Excitation Freq The Excitation Freq parameter is set at the factory. You can change Excitation Freq to configure the DC
[Factory Set] excitation of the coils. Supported frequencies are dependent on the configured power line frequency:
50 Hz 60 Hz
A 1 Hz 1 Hz
3.125 Hz 3.75 Hz
6.25 Hz 7.5 Hz
12.5 Hz 15 Hz
To change Excitation Frequency, follow these steps from the Meter Setup menu:
1. Select Excitation Freq to view the Excitation Frequency display.
2. Position the arrow next the desired frequency.
3. Press [E] to save the excitation frequency and return to the Meter Setup menu.
Pipe Diameter The Pipe Diameter parameter is set at the factory. In the event the amplifier is replaced, verify that the
[Factory Set] pipe diameter matches the installed pipe size.
To change Pipe Diameter, follow these steps from the Meter Setup menu:
A 1. Select Pipe Diameter to open the Pipe Diameter display.
2. Position the arrow next to one of the pipe diameters.
3. Press [E] to save the pipe diameter and return to the Meter Setup menu.
Detector Factor The Detector Factor parameter is set at the factory. This factor compensates for accuracy error as a result
[Factory Set] of the installed detector. If accuracy adjustment of the meter is required, see the Scale Factor parameter.
In the event the amplifier is replaced, this parameter must be reprogrammed with the original detector
A factor.
Detector Offset
[Factory Set]
A
The Detector Offset parameter is set at the factory. This parameter compensates for accuracy error as
a result of the installed detector. If accuracy adjustment of the meter is required, see the Scale Factor
parameter.
Page 28 MAG-UM-01272-EN-09 February 2019

Using the M2000 Meter Main Menu Programming Options
Measurements
Velocity Unit Velocity Unit lets you set the velocity to meters/sec or feet/sec.
[ft/sec] To set Velocity Unit, follow these steps from the Measurements menu:
- 1. Select Velocity Unit.
V O 2. Position the arrow next to meters/sec or feet/sec.
3. Press [E] to save the Velocity Unit and return to the Measurements menu.
Flow Units Flow Units lets you set the unit of measure for the flow rate and full scale flow. Changing the flow units
[GPM] parameter readjusts the full scale flow parameter. For example, changing from gpm to gps would
change the full scale flow from 60 gpm to 1 gps.
U O To change the Flow Unit, follow these steps from the Measurements menu:
1. Select Flow Units to view the Flow Units display.
2. Position the arrow next to one of the following flow unit options:
Code
Flow Unit
Code
Flow Unit
LPS
Liters/Second
GPM
Gallons/Minute
LPM
Liters/Minute
GPH
Gallons/Hour
LPH
Liters/Hour
MGD
Mega Gallons/Day
MIS
Cubic Meters/Second
IGS
UKG/Second
M3M
Cubic Meters/Minute
IGM
UKG/Minute
MIH
Cubic Meters/Hour
IGH
UKG/Hour
FIS
Cubic Feet/Second
MID
Mega UKG/Day
FIM
Cubic Feet/Minute
LbM
Pounds/Minute
FIH
I
Cubic Feet/Hour
OPM
Ounces/Minute
GPS
Gallons/Second
BPM
Barrels/Minute
3. Press [E] to save the flow units and return to the Measurements menu.
Totalizer Unit The Totalizer Unit parameter establishes the units of measure for the totalizers.
[USG] To change the Totalizer Unit value, follow these steps from the Measurements menu:
1. Select Totalizer Unit to view the Totalizer Unit display.
V O
2. Position the arrow next to one of the following totalizer units:
Code
Totalizer Unit
Code
Totalizer Unit
L
Liters
MIG
Mega Imperial Gallons
HL
Hectoliters
Lb
Pounds
Ir M3
Cubic Meters
Oz
Fluid Ounces
CFt
Cubic Feet
Aft
Acre Feet
USG
U.S. Gallons
BBL
Barrels
MG
Mega Gallons
SFD
Second Foot Day
UKG
Imperial Gallons
3. Press [E] to save the totalizer unit and return to the Measurements menu.
February 2019 MAG-UM-01272-EN-09 Page 29

Using the M2000 Meter Main Menu Programming Options
Measurements
Full Scale Flow The Full Scale Flow parameter sets the maximum flow the system is expected to measure. This
[Factory Set] parameter has influence on other system parameters. These parameters include:
• Frequency Output - Full scale frequency is observed at full scale flow
V O Low Flow Cutoff - Changes to full scale flow affect the measuring cut-off threshold of the meter
• Alarm Outputs - Changes to full scale flow adjusts the thresholds for generating set point alarms
• Pulse Outputs - Changes to full scale flow adjusts the pulse frequency and duty cycle
• Analog Outputs - Changes to full scale flow adjusts the interpretation of the analog output signal
Change the full scale flow based on the meter size and the application's requirements. Verify that the
full scale flow falls within the meter's suggested flow range limits. In terms of flow velocity, the meter's
limits are from 0.1...39.4 feet/second.
The full scale flow is valid for both flow directions.
NOTE: If the flow rate exceeds the full scale setting, an error message indicates that the configured full
scale range has been exceeded. However, the meter will continue to measure. This will affect
the latency of the pulse outputs and possibly cause overflow. Furthermore, the analog output
may also be placed in alarm mode.
To change the Full Scale Flow, follow these steps from the Measurements menu:
1. Select Full Scale Flow to view the Full Scale Flow display.
2. Set the full scale flow value to the desired setting.
3. Press [E] to save the full scale flow value and return to the Measurements menu.
Low Flow Cutoff Low flow cutoff defines the threshold at which flow measurement will be forced to zero. The cutoff
[0 2%] value can beset from 0% to 10% of the full scale flow. Increasing this threshold will help prevent false
readings during "no flow" conditions possibly caused by pipe vibration or inherent system noise.
To change the Low Flow Cutoff value, follow these steps from the Measurements menu:
1. Select Low Flow Cutoff to view the Low Flow Cutoff display.
2. Set the low flow cutoff value to the desired setting.
3. Press [E] to save the new low flow cutoff value.
Flow Direction
Flow Direction lets you set the meter to measure forward flow only (uni-directional) or both forward and
[Bi-Directional]
reverse flow (bi-directional).
F.
Uni-Directional
LI.II
Flow is totalized in only one direction. The flow direction is indicated by the arrow printed on the
detector label. Uni-directional measurements on the main display screen include:
• T1: Registers forward flow, resettable by menu or MODBUS RTU
• T2: Registers forward flow, resettable by menu, MODBUS RTU, or digital input configured for
Remote Reset
Bi-Directional
Flow is totalized in both directions. Bi-directional measurements on the main display screen include:
• T+: Registers forward flow, resettable by menu or MODBUS RTU
• T-: Registers reverse flow, resettable by menu or MODBUS RTU
• TN: Registers total flow,T+-T-, resettable by menu or MODBUS RTU
To change the flow direction follow these steps from the Measurements menu.
1. Select Flow Direction to view the Flow Direction display.
2. Select Uni-Directional or Bi-Directional.
3. Press [E] to save the flow direction and return to the Measurements menu.
Page 30 MAG-UM-01272-EN-09 February 2019

Using the M2000 Meter Main Menu Programming Options
Measurements
Damping Factor The damping factor establishes the stability of the measured flow rate. If back and forth oscillations of
[No Damping] the flow rate are observed during normal flow conditions, increase this value incrementally until the
flow rate stabilizes. This parameter has no affect on the totalizers.
U To change the Damping Factor value, follow these steps from the Measurements menu.
1. Select Damping Factor to view the Damping Factor display.
2. Select one of the following damping factors:
1 Second 10 Seconds
2 Seconds 20 Seconds
3 Seconds 30 Seconds
4 Seconds No Dampening
5 Seconds
3. Press [E] to save the damping factor and return to the Measurements menu.
Inputs/Outputs
Analog Output Range The Analog Output parameter establishes the range of the analog output signal. To
[4 to 20 mA] change Analog Output range, follow these steps from the Inputs/Outputs menu:
1. Select Analog Output to view the Analog Output display.
S 2. Select one of the following options:
• 4 to 20 mA
• 0 to 20 mA
• 2to10mA
• 0 to 10 mA
3. Press [E] to save the analog output and return to the Inputs/Outputs menu:
Alarm Mode This parameter configures the behavior of the analog output during alarm conditions.
[OFF] Three options exist for this parameter: OFF, LOW, and HIGH.
OFF: Analog signal is based on flow rate and always within the configured range
S LOW: During alarm conditions, the analog signal will be 2 mA less than the
configured lower range
HIGH: During alarm conditions, the analog signal will be 2 mA more than the
configured upper range
For example, if the analog range is 4 to 20 mA and the alarm mode is set to HIGH, then
during a full scale flow alarm condition, the analog output current will be 22 mA.
To change the analog output alarm mode, follow these steps from the Inputs/
Outputs menu:
1. Select Alarm Mode to view the Alarm Mode display.
2. Select one of the following options:
• OFF
• LOW
• HIGH
3. Press [E] to save the alarm mode and return to the Inputs/Outputs menu.
February 2019 MAG-UM-01272-EN-09 Page 31

Using the M2000 Meter Main Menu Programming Options
Inputs/Outputs
Digital Input Digital Input lets you configure the functional operation of the digital input.The following functions
are supported:
• Remote Reset - Clears totalizerT2 (uni-directional)
• Batch Reset - Resets batch totalizer PS to preset amount and clearsT2 (uni-directional)
• Pos Zero Return - Forces flow rate to zero (does not totalize)
• ADE - Input configured for ADE operation. See "Encoder Protocollnterface"on page47.
To change Digital Input, follow these steps from the Inputs/Outputs menu:
1. Select Digital Input to view the Digitallnput display.
2. Select the desired function.
3. Press [E] to save the digital input and return to the Inputs/Outputs menu.
Digital Output Pulses/Unit The Pulses/Unit parameter lets you set how many pulses per unit of measure will
[1 ] be transmitted to remote applications. For example, assuming the unit of measure
is gallons:
$ Setting the Pulses/Unit to 1 will transmit 1 pulse every gallon
• Setting the Pulses/Unit to 0.01 will transmit 1 pulse every 100 gallons
You must configure pulses/unit if the function of the selected output is to be
forward, reverse or AMR pulse.
This parameter must be considered with the Pulse Width and Full Scale Flow
parameters.The maximum pulse frequency is 10 kHz.The frequency is
correlated with the flow rate. Violation of output frequency limits will generate a
configuration error.
To change the pulses/unit, follow these steps from the Inputs/Outputs menu:
1. Select Digital Output 1 or 2 and press [E] to open the Digital Output menu.
2. From the Digital Output menu select Pulses/Unit, and press [E] to open the
Pulses/Unit display.
3. Enter the pulses/unit value. Press [E] to save the new parameter and return to
the Digital Output menu.
Pulse Width The Pulse Width parameter establishes the On duration of the transmitted pulse. The
[0 ms] configurable range is from 0 to 1000 ms.
• Non -zero pulse width configuration - the Off duration of the transmitted pulse
5 is dependent on flow rate. The Off duration is to be at least the configured On
duration. At full scale flow, the On duration equals the Off duration. The
maximum configurable output frequency is limited to 500 Hz.
• 0 ms pulse width configuration - the duty cycle of the transmitted pulse is at 50
percent allowing for a maximum configurable output frequency of 10 kHz.
This parameter must be considered with the Pulses/Unit and Full Scale Flow
parameters.The maximum pulse frequency is 10 kHz.The frequency is
correlated with the flow rate. Violation of output frequency limits will generate a
configuration error.
To change the pulse width, follow these steps from the Inputs/Outputs menu:
1. Select Digital Output 1 or 2 and press [E] to open the Digital Output menu.
2. From the Digital Output menu select Pulse Width, and press [El to open the
Pulse Width display.
3. Enter the pulse width value. Press [E] to save the new parameter and return to
the Digital Output menu.
Page 32 MAG-UM-01272-EN-09 February 2019

Using the M2000 Meter Main Menu Programming Options
Inputs/Outputs
Digital Output Full The Full Scale Frequency parameter establishes the full scale flow output frequency
(continued) Scale Frequency when the flow rate equals the configured full scale flow.
[3:1000 Hz1 To change the Full Scale Frequency, follow these steps from the Inputs/Outputs
main menu:
$ 1. Select Digital Output 1, 2, or 3 and press [E] to open the Digital Output menu.
2. From the Digital Output menu select Full Scale Frequency, and press [E] to
open the Full Scale Frequency display.
3. Set the full scale frequency value to the desired setting.
4. Press [E] to save the new parameter and return to the
Digital Output menu.
PresetAmount Preset amount lets you set the reset value for the associated PS totalizer when the
[0.01 digital input is set to Batch Reset.
l- To change the preset amount, follow these steps from the Inputs/Outputs menu:
5 1. Select Digital Output 1, 2, 3 or 4 and press [E] to open the Digital
Output menu.
2. From the Digital Output menu select Preset Amount, and press [E] to open the
PresetAmount display.
3. Enter the preset amount value. Press [E] to save the new parameter and return
to the Digital Output menu.
NOTE: You can only set one Preset Amount. If you set the Preset Amount for Digital
Output 1, it will be the same for 2, 3 and 4.
Set Point Min.
This parameter establishes, as a percentage of full scale flow, the threshold at which
[0%1
the output alarm will be activated. Flow rates below the threshold will activate the
--
output alarm.
5
To change the set point minimum, follow these steps from the Inputs/Outputs menu:
1. Select Digital Output 1, 2, 3 or 4 and press [E] to open the Digital
Output menu.
2. From the Digital Output menu select Set Point Min., and press [E] to open the
Set Point Min. display.
3. Enter the set point minimum value. Press [E] to save the new parameter and
return to the Digital Output menu.
Set Point Max.
This parameter establishes, as a percentage of full scale flow, the threshold at which
[100%]
the output alarm will be activated. Flow rates above the threshold will activate the
output alarm.
$
To change the maximum set point, follow these steps from the Inputs/Outputs menu:
1. Select Digital Output 1, 2, 3 or 4 and press [E] to open the Digital
Output menu.
2. From the Digital Output menu select Set Point Max. and press [E] to open the
Set Point Max. display.
3. Enter the set point maximum value and press [E] to save the new parameter
and return to the Digital Output menu.
February 2019 MAG-UM-01272-EN-09 Page 33

Using the M2000 Meter Main Menu Programming Options
Inputs/Outputs
Digital Output Output Type
The Output Type parameter lets you set the output switch to normally open
(continued) [1: Normally Open]
or normally closed. If normally open is selected, the output switch is open (no
[2: Normally Open]
current) when the output is inactive, and closed (current flows) when the output
is active.
[3: Normally Open]
If normally closed is selected, the output switch is closed (current flows) when
[4: Normally Closed]
the output is inactive, and open (no current) when the output is active.
5
To change the Output Type, follow these steps from the Inputs/Outputs
main menu:
1. Select Digital Output 1, 2, 3 or 4 and press [E] to open the Digital
Output menu.
2. From the Digital Output menu, select Output Type and press [E] to open
the Output Type display.
3. Select Normally Open or Normally Closed.
4. Press [E] to save the new parameter and return to the
Digital Output menu.
Hardware Type
The Hardware Type parameter lets you select the type of hardware used to drive
[3: Open Collector]
the output signal: either open collector or solid-state relay.
[4: Open Collector]
To change the Hardware Type, follow these steps from the Inputs/Outputs
-,
main menu:
5
1. Select Digital Output 3 or 4 and press [E] to open the Digital
Output menu.
2. From the Digital Output menu select Hardware Type, and press [E] to
open the Hardware Type display.
3. Select Open Collector or Relay.
4. Press [E] to save the new parameter and return to the
Digital Output menu.
Page 34 MAG-UM-01272-EN-09 February 2019

Using the M2000 Meter Main Menu Programming Options
Inputs/Outputs
Digital Output Select Function Select Function lets you configure the functional operation of the associated
(continued) [1: Forward Pulse] output. The following operations are supported:
[2: Reverse Pulse] Frequency Output - Generates pulses correlated to the absolute value of
[3: Frequency Pulse] the flow rate.
• Forward Pulse - Generates pulses during forward flow conditions.
[4: Error Alarm] Reverse Pulse - Generates pulses during reverse flow conditions.
• AMR (50 ms Pulse)
S Flow Set Point - Provides indication when flow rate exceeds thresholds
defined by flow set points.
• Empty Pipe Alarm - Provides indication when pipe is empty.
• Flow Direction - Provides indication on current flow direction
(Inactive = Reverse or No Flow, Active = Forward).
• Preset Output - Provides indication when preset batch amount has
been realized.
• Error Alarm - Provides indication when meter has error condition. Error
conditions include, empty pipe error, full scale flow error, and detector error.
• Totalizer Alarm - Sends alarm when either a rollover error or warning
has occurred.
• 24V DC Supply - Provides constant 24 volts on output (forces output type
to normally open).
• AIDE - Provides meter information in digital format. See "Encoder Protocol
Interface" on page 47.
To change the Function Select, follow these steps from the Inputs/Outputs
main menu:
1. Select Digital Output 1, 2, 3 or 4 and press [E] to open the Digital
Output menu.
2. From the Digital Output menu choose Select Function, and press [E] to
open the Select Function display.
3. Select the desired function.
4. Press [E] to save and return to the Digital Output menu.
Flow Flow Simulation provides output simulation based on a percentage of the full scale flow. Simulation will
Simulation not accumulate the totalizers. The range of simulation includes -100% to 100% of the full scale flow.
[Off] The Flow Simulation Parameter lets you set the range of simulation in 10% increments.
To change the Flow Simulation, follow these steps from the Inputs/Outputs menu:
- S 1. Select Flow Simulation to view the Flow Simulation display.
2. Click [+] to increment the percentage by 10, or click[-] to decrement the percentage by 10.
3. Press [E] to save the displayed setting and return to the Inputs/Outputs menu.
February 2019 MAG-UM-01272-EN-09 Page 35

Using the M2000 Meter Main Menu Programming Options
Clear Totals
TN The bi-directional net totalizer, when reset, clears both the forward and the reverse flow totalizers (T+ and
" T-). This is reset within the menu manager or through remote communications. Clearing TN also clears the
5 associated rollover counter.
T+ The bi-directional forward flow totalizer is reset within the menu manager or through remote
communications. Clearing T+ also clears the associated rollover counter.
T- The bi-directional reverse flow totalizer is reset within the menu manager or through remote
communications. Clearing T- also clears the associated rollover counter.
PS The batch totalizer is reset to the configured preset amount value. It is reset within the menu manager,
5 remote communications or through a properly -configured digital input (function = batch reset).
Tpwroff The totalizer accumulating meter time without external power is reset with the menu manager or through
" remote communications.
5
Communication
Port A Interface The Interface parameter lets you configure how the RS232 communication port will
Settings [MODBUS RTU] be used.
• MODBUS RTU
5 Remote menu (RDI - Remote Display Interface)
• Primo 3.x
• Flow Diagnostic - After every flow measurement, provides data out of the
communication port primarily for diagnosing flow measurement issues.
• Disable port
The remote menu interface will check for display updates once a second. If a change
is detected, the display contents will be transmitted in ASCII format over the RS232
communication port. The remote menu interface also allows for menu navigation and
control of the meter as if using the external push -buttons. Keyboard control characters
such as <UP>,<DWN>, and <ENTER> are supported to navigate the menus.
The Primo 3.x interface will emulate the legacy Primo 3.x Protocol. This protocol will
transmit an ASCII string in the following format every 500 ms:
"RATE;0.0000; GPM; TOTI J 50.0000; USG ;TOT2;150.0000; USG;"- For Unidirectional
Mode
"RATE;0.0000; GPM; TOT+;10.0000; USG; TOT-;50.0000; USG;"- For Bidirectional Mode
To change the Interface follow these steps from the PortA Settings menu:
1. Select Interface to view the Interface display.
2. Select the desired interface.
3. Press [E] to save and return to the PortA Settings menu.
Page 36 MAG-UM-01272-EN-09 February 2019

Using the M2000 Meter Main Menu Programming Options
Communication
Port A PortAddress This parameter establishes the MODBUS RTU address. MODBUS RTU requests will only
Settings [1 ] be processed if the configured port address of the meter matches the request address
(continued) - found in the MODBUS RTU packet. The range of addresses supported by MODBUS RTU
5 is 1...247. MODBUS RTU request packets with an address of 0 imply the packet is to be
treated as a broadcast packet.
To change the port address, follow these steps from the PortA Settings menu:
1. Select Port Address to view the Port Address display.
2. Select the desired port address (1...247).
3. Press [E] to save the option and to return to the PortA Settings menu.
Baud Rate The following Baud Rates are supported
[96001 9600
• 19200
5 38400
To change the baud rate, follow these steps from the PortA Settings menu:
1. Select Baud Rate to view the Baud Rate display.
2. Select one of the following baud rates: 9600, 19200 or 38400.
3. Press [E] to save the option and to return to the PortA Settings menu.
Data Bits The following data bits are supported:
[8 bits] 8 bits
• 7 bits
5 5 bits
To change the data bits, follow these steps from the PortA Settings menu:
1. Select Data Bits to view the Data Bits display.
2. Select one of the following: 8 Bits, 7 Bits or 5 Bits.
3. Press [E] to save the option and to return to the PortA Settings menu.
Parity
The following Parities are supported:
[Even]
Even
• Odd
5
None
To change the parity, follow these steps from the PortA Settings menu:
1. Select Parity to view the Parity display.
2. Select one of the following: None, Even or Odd.
3. Press [E] to save the option and to return to the PortA Settings menu.
Stop Bits
The following stop bits are supported:
[1 Stop Bit]
1 Stop Bit
• 2 Stop Bits
5
To change the stop bits, follow these steps from the PortA Settings menu:
1. Select Stop Bits to view the Stop Bits display.
2. Select one of the following: 1 Stop Bit, or 2 Stop Bits.
3. Press [E] to save the option and to return to the Port A Settings menu.
February 2019 MAG-UM-01272-EN-09 Page 37

Using the M2000 Meter Main Menu Programming Options
Communication
Port B NOTE: The parameters for Port Bare the same as for Port A, with the exception of the additional
Settings External PortAddress detailed below.
PortAddress An additional communication port, known as Port B, is used to offer enhanced
[1 ] communications with the meter. This port is located on the 11-pin terminal of the PCB.
Enhanced protocols like Hart, Profibus DP or Modbus RTU over RS485 are available.
5 In addition, this communication port has similar configurable properties as port A.
Refer to the following user manuals for additional information regarding the enhanced
communication capabilities of the M2000 meter.
• HART' communication protocol.
• PROFIBUS DP communication protocol.
• MODBUS RTU communication protocol.
External For PROFIBUS° use only. This parameter allows configuration of the PROFIBUS DP
PortAddress daughterboard address.
[1]
5
Diagnostics Port A Port counters are used for diagnostics when configured for MODBUS RTU. These counters
Counters are only cleared
on power up.
101 Counter
Description
Pkts Processed
Number of packets processed by meter.
5 Broadcast Pkts
Number of broadcast packets (address = 0) processed by meter.
CRC Errors
Number of received packets with CRC error; packet is discarded.
Pkts Rcvd
Number of packets received with an address of the configured port address.
Pkts Sent
Number of packets transmitted in response to a received packet.
Parity Errors
Number of characters with parity errors (i.e., received character has a mismatch
Port B between the number of 1 s and its parity bit); packet is discarded.
Counters Framing Errors Number of characters with framing errors (i.e. missing stop bit is not found -
indicates that synchronization with the start bit has been lost and that the
101 character is improperly framed); packet is discarded.
— Overrun Errors Number of characters received that were not processed due to degradation of
5 system performance.
Break Detects Number of detections that transmission line is locked (i.e., receive line is low for
10-bit transmissions following a missing stop bit).
Page 38 MAG-UM-01272-EN-09 February 2019

Using the M2000 Meter Main Menu Programming Options
Data Logger
Token Copy
Encoder Protocol
Totalizer Dials
Totalizer
Resolution
[Off ]
V
Advanced
The Data Logger feature requires firmware version 1.10 or later. Reference Badger Meter
P/N 67354-003 to obtain a firmware upgrade kit. See the M-Series M2000 Data Logging user manual,
available at www.badgermeter.com, for details on this feature.
The Data Logging feature records three types of events to a memory token:
• Totalizer/error events
• Configuration change events
• Startup events (power up, power down or reset events)
• Configuration See the M-Series M2000 Store/Restore user manual, available at
• Store to Token www.bodgermeter.com, for details on using the Token Copy features.
• Restore to Token
Protocol Type The Protocol Type enables the encoder interface. Selecting V1 or V2
will automatically configure the Digital Input and Digital Output #1 for
encoder operation. Manually configuring the input and output for encoder
operation is not allowed and will result in an on -screen error.
See "Encoder Protocol Interface" on page 47 for further details.
V1 - Standard encoder protocol
V2 - Enhanced encoder protocol, provides additional digital information
Disabled - disables and removes encoder configuration
Dial Type Select 4...10 dials
The Totalizer Resolution establishes the number of units of measure that have to accumulate before
the display totalizers are updated. This is also known as setting the number of"dead"zeroes in the
display totalizer. For example:
Totalizer
Resolutionr
OFF
0.0001
0.001
0.01
0.1
Totalizer
Resolution
OFF
1
ON
Totalizer Resolution less than 1
Example
0.00000 USG
0.00012 USG
0.00123 USG
0.01234 USG
0.0000 USG
0.0001 USG
0.0012 USG
0.0123 USG
0.000 USG
0.000 USG
0.001 USG
0.012 USG
0.00 USG
0.00 USG
0.00 USG
0.01 USG
0.0 USG 0.0 USG 0.0 USG 0.0 USG
Totalizer Resolution greater than or equal to 1
Example
0.00000 USG 1.23456 USG
0 USG 1 USG
0 USG 0 USG
0 USG 0 USG
0.12345 USG
0.1234 USG
0.123 USG
0.12 USG
0.1 USG
12.34567 USG 123.4567 USG 1234.456 USG
12 USG 123 USG 1234 USG
10 USG 120 USG 1230 USG
0 USG 100 USG 1200 USG
1000 10 USG 0 USG 0 USG 0 USG
To change the Totalizer Resolution, follow these steps from the Advanced menu:
1. Select Totalizer Resolution to view the Totalizer Resolution display.
2. Select the desired resolution.
3. Press [E] to save the option and to return to the Advanced menu.
1000 USG
February 2019 MAG-UM-01272-EN-09 Page 39

Using the M2000 Meter Main Menu Programming Options
Backlight Control
[Timed Off]
M
Analog Calibrate
Software Filter
MDN-Filter
Advanced
You can set the meter's backlight to: Always On, Always Off and Timed Off.
When set to Timed Off, the backlight will automatically turn off after one minute of inactivity
(no buttons pressed). Pressing any button will turn the backlight on, but will not immediately
navigate the menu.
To change the backlight control, follow these steps from the Advanced menu:
1. Select Backlight Control to view the Backlight Control display.
2. Select the desired option.
3. Press [E] to save the option and to return to the Advanced menu.
Custom Settings To set the analog calibration custom settings, follow these steps from the
[Zero Scale: 0 mA] Advanced menu:
[Full Scale: 0 mA] 1. Select Analog Calibrate to view the Analog Calibrate menu.
n 2. Select Custom Settings to view the Custom Settings display.
LS 3. Select one of the following:
• Offset 4 mA
• Offset 20 mA
4. Configure desired offset.
5. Press [E] to save the option and to return to the Custom Settings
menu.
6. Press [E] to return to the Analog Calibrate menu.
Factory Settings To change the analog calibration factory settings, follow these steps from
[Factory Set] the Advanced menu:
1. Select Analog Calibrate to view the Analog Calibrate menu.
5 2. Select Factory Settings to view the Factory Settings display.
3. Select one of the following:
• Calibration Point A
• Calibration Point B
4. Set the calibration point to the measured output current.
5. Press [E] to save the option and to return to the Factory
Settings menu.
6. Press [E] to return to the Analog Calibrate menu.
Description This software filter operates as a Median filter. This filter is very responsive
and can be used to help stabilize flow measurements. This filer is enabled
by selecting a non -zero filter size. Supported filter sizes are:
• SO - Size 0
• S5 - Size 5
• S7 - Size 7
• S9 - Size 9
The filter technique will use the median value of the last Sx samples used
for determining flow measurement.
Page 40 MAG-UM-01272-EN-09 February 2019

Using the M2000 Meter Main Menu Programming Options
Advanced
Software Filter Description
The software filter operates as an acceleration filter. This filter, when configured
ACC -Filter
properly, allows for filtering of fast changes in fluid flow. Generally, this filter is
used in applications having highly conductive fluids. This filter is intended to
help provide smoothing of the analog output and display fluctuations.
Activation
The Activation parameter setting enables or disables the software
[Off]
acceleration filter.
To change the Activation setting, follow these steps from the Advanced menu:
A
1. Select Activation from the Advanced menu.
2. Select a setting.
3. Press [E] to save the option and to return to the Advanced menu.
Filter Delay
The Filter Delay parameter lets you set the amount of time that the flow will be
[1 ]
held constant once the filter is activated. The filter is activated by an acceleration
-
component of the fluid exceeding the configured limit.
A
To change the Filter Delay follow these steps from the Advanced menu:
1. Select Filter Delay, from the Advanced menu.
2. Enter the setting.
3. Press [E] to save the option and to return to the Advanced menu.
Acceleration Factor
The Acceleration Factor parameter lets you set the maximum acceleration
[1]
for a given pipe diameter and is dependent on the excitation frequency.The
maximum fluid velocity is 12 m/s. The following equation defines the maximum
A
fluid acceleration:
Acceleration (MAX) = Acceleration Factor * 12 m/s * Pipe Area * Excitation
Frequency / 1.5
If the realized fluid acceleration exceeds the configured maximum acceleration,
fluid flow will be held constant for the time set at the Filter Delay parameter.
To change the Acceleration Factor setting, follow these steps from the
Advanced menu:
1. Select Acceleration Factor from the Advanced menu.
2. Enter the setting.
3. Press [E] to save the option and to return to the Advanced menu.
Constant Flow
During normal flow conditions, there is always a non -zero acceleration
[150 M3/Sec']
component.
r-
For example, if acceleration of the flow activates the filter, the meter will assume
A
constant flow for the duration of the filter delay time unless the flow returns
within limits.
Properly configured, this parameter will help offset excessive impacts of the
filter delay. The Constant Flow parameter lets you set the acceleration limit for
constant flow.
To change the Constant Flow setting, follow these steps from the
Advanced menu:
1. Select Constant Flow from the Advanced menu.
2. Enter the setting.
3. Press [E] to save the option and to return to the Advanced menu.
February 2019 MAG-UM-01272-EN-09 Page 41

Using the M2000 Meter Main Menu Programming Options
Software Filter Peak Detect
ACC -Filter [0 M3/Sec2]
(continued)
A
Software Filter Description
ZFS-Filter
Software Filter Description
IIR-Filter
Activation
Coefficient Min
Coefficient Max
Coefficient Status
Sensitivity
Hysteresis
Advanced
Peak Detect offers a diagnostic view of the acceleration components observed
during flow conditions. This parameter records the"high water mark"of the
measured accelerations component. This value will help to properly configure
the Acceleration Factor parameter. Generally, you will set the acceleration factor
at about 75% of the Peak Detect measurement.
To reset the Peak Detect setting, follow these steps from the Advanced menu:
1. Select Peak Detect from the Advanced menu.
2. Press [+] to reset.
3. Press [E] to return to the Advanced menu.
This software filter operates as a zero -flow stability filter. Filter options are:
• Volume USG
• Time
• Status (shows Volume and Time)
This software filter operates as an infinite impulse response filter, used to help
suppress erratic flow measurements. Contact Badger Meter Technical Support.
ON/OFF
Numeric entry
Numeric entry
Numeric entry
Numeric entry
m/s
Page 42 MAG-UM-01272-EN-09 February 2019

Using the M2000 Meter Main Menu Programming Options
Advanced
Empty Pipe Cal. Fluid conductivity impacts the performance of empty pipe measurements. If you require empty pipe
[Default] detection, you should perform this empty pipe calibration procedure.
Before starting the empty pipe calibration, verify that empty pipe detection is enabled. Also, run both
$ the empty pipe and the full pipe calibration procedures.
Calibrating an Empty Pipe
Before calibrating an empty pipe, verify that the pipe is empty.
To calibrate with an empty pipe, follow these steps from the Advanced menu:
1. Select Empty Pipe Cal to view the Calibration menus.
2. Select Cal. Empty Pipe to view the Empty Pipe Calibrate menu.
3. To enable calibration, place the cursor on the calibration enable line and press [E].
EMPTY PIPE CALIBRATE
Volts = 3.00
>Cal [ON] E=OFF
Exit with Save
4. Wait 30 seconds for voltage measurement to stabilize.
5. To save the setting, place the cursor on Exit with Save and press [E].
Calibrating a Full Pipe
Before calibrating a full pipe, verify that the pipe is full.
To calibrate with a full pipe, follow these steps from the Advanced menu:
1. Select Empty Pipe Cal to view the Calibration menus.
2. Select Cal. Full Pipe to view the Full Pipe Calibrate menu.
3. Enable calibration by placing the cursor on the calibration enable line and press [E].
FULL PIPE CALIBRATE
Volts = 1.515
>Cal [OFF] E=ON
Exit with Save
4. Wait 30 seconds for voltage measurement to stabilize.
5. To save the setting, place the cursor on Exit with Save and press [E].
February 2019 MAG-UM-01272-EN-09 Page 43

Using the M2000 Meter Main Menu Programming Options
Advanced
Security Set Admin PIN Users logged in with this PIN will have access to all M2000 meter procedures.
[000001 To set the administrator's PIN, follow these steps from the Advanced Menu:
A 1. Select Security to view the Security menu.
2. Select Set Admin PIN to view the Admin PIN display.
3. Set the five -digit PIN number to the desired value.
4. Press [E] to save the PIN and to return to the Security menu.
Set Service PIN Users logged in with this PIN will have access to all service level and user -level procedures.
[000001 Service users will not have access to administrative procedures.
To set the service PIN, follow these steps from the Advanced Menu:
A 1. Select Security to view the Security menu.
2. Select Set Service PIN to view the Service PIN display.
3. Set the five -digit PIN number to the desired value.
4. Press [E] to save the PIN and to return to the Security menu.
Set User PIN Users logged in with this PIN will have access to user -level procedures. User at this level
[000001 will not have access to administrative or service procedures.
To set the user's PIN, follow these steps from the Advanced Menu:
A 1. Select Security to view the Security menu.
2. Select Set User PIN to view the User PIN display.
3. Set the five -digit PIN number to the desired value.
4. Press [E] to save the PIN and to return to the Security menu.
Page 44 MAG-UM-01272-EN-09 February 2019

Using the M2000 Meter Main Menu Programming Options
Info/Help
Error Counts Description This menu provides a diagnostic view of the meter's performance. Below are
[Q] several system diagnostic counters and their definitions. Use discretion when
interpreting these counters. These values could be altered during system setup
V or when using the verification device. We suggest that you reset these counters
before you start monitoring your system and look for conditions possibly
affecting performance.
Detector The number of times an invalid detector condition has been observed.
Empty Pipe The number of times an empty pipe condition has been observed by the meter.
Full Scale The number of times the flow has exceeded the full scale flow setting.
Totalizer The number of times the totalizers have exceeded limits of the meter.
Pulse Sync. The number of times the pulse outputs have fallen out of synchronization.
ADClnterrupt The number of times an analog input measurement has been missed.
ADCRange The number of times the analog input measurement range has been exceeded.
System Error A diagnostic system message indicating the reason for a system reset.
System Resets The number of times the meter has been reset.
System Reset Diagnostic information about a system reset as a result of expired
ID internal timers.
Token Errors Indicates the number of parameter copies from a memory token that failed to
be copied to the meter.
Checksum
For MID meters. If a data corruption to the meter memory occurs, this "counter" indicates the
memory region that is corrupted.
PowerUp Counter
The number of times that the unit has been powered on.
[Not applicable]
V
Power Off Totalizer
The length of time that the unit has been without power.
[Not applicable]
V
Version Info
The current software version.
[Not applicable]
V
Serial Number
The manufacturing serial number in the format YYMM####.
[Not applicable]
Where YYMM indicates year and month of manufacturing and #### indicates the sequence
number.
V
Meter Tag Name
For PROFIBUS —This parameter is only programmable over external PROFIBUS communications.
Daughterboard
Describes current version of attached daughterboard.
Information
NOTE: RS485 daughterboard is not recognized because it is a pass -through device rather than
an intelligent protocol converter like Hart-to-MODBUS.
Polarization Voltage
Diagnostic voltage to help determine if the meter or application is performing optimally.
February 2019 MAG-UM-01272-EN-09 Page 45

Using the M2000 Meter Main Menu Programming Options
Restore Defaults
[Not applicable]
l
IIlAA
4A
Language Select
[English]
�LW
Info/Help
Restores all non -calibrated parameters to the factory defaults.
Language Select
The M2000 meter supports one alternate language along with English. This alternate language
choice is set at the factory. The options are: Spanish, German, Czech or French.
To select the language, follow these steps from the Language Select menu:
1. Select English or the Alternate Language.
2. Press [E] to save the selection.
Page 46 MAG-UM-01272-EN-09 February 2019

Encoder Protocol Interface
ENCODER PROTOCOL INTERFACE
This feature requires firmware version 1.10 or later. Reference Badger Meter P/N 67354-003 to obtain a firmware upgrade kit.
Enabling the meter as an encoder requires three settings, all within the advanced menu, to be configured.
• Totalizer Resolution - Selects the resolution of the display totalizer.
• Protocol Type - Selects the type of information to be transmitted to the encoder.
• Dial Type - Enables encoder and selects the number of significant totalizer digits to transmit.
Changing the protocol type will automatically configure the necessary digital inputs/outputs. Manually changing the
digital inputs/outputs within the Input/Outputs menu is not allowed. Below is a wiring diagram for connecting an encoder to
the meter.
."i;
�weo
oee,r<
sear-e
00"
a,com
i,
CO.) 3
o,n.y.i. ,.
wAr•naM
_ —
Encoder Connections
L--.
JP1
Output #1
GREEN =DATA
COM 2
BLACK = GND
3
4
5
6
7
Input B
i
RED = CLOCK
9
10
11
12
13
14
Figure 34: Encoder interface
IMPORTANT: Remove jumper
JP1 before connecting transmitter
to meter
Encoder Transmitter Cabll
—When connected to
ORION Cellular LTE,
add 15K resistor
between Terminal 1
and Terminal 8
NOTE: When connected to an ORION Cellular LTE endpoint, add a 15K resistor to the M2000 meter terminal block between
terminal 1 (green wire) and terminal 8 (red wire) as shown to correct any potential meter reading issues. The resistor
is indicated by an arrow in the photo and shown in red in the drawing. Resistors, manufactured byYageo,
P/N MFR-25FBF52-15K, are available at these online electronic component distributors: digikey.com and mouser.com.
February 2019 MAG-UM-01272-EN-09 Page 47

Encoder Protocol Interface
The following table demonstrates how the totalizers are displayed under various configurations of the TotaIizer Resolution
(that is, resolution) and Dial Type. The non -shaded digits are transmitted as defined by the dial type.
For example, if the dial type is 4-dial and the resolution is 10000 then an arbitrary totalizer value of 99999999 is displayed on
the meter as 99990000 and 9999 is transmitted to the receiving application. In this configuration it will take 10000 units (i.e.
USG) before the display totalizer is updated to a new value. For this example the display totalizer will rollover to 00000000.
Dial
Type
Totalizer
Resolution
Display
Digits
3 4 5 j 6
7 8
9 0
10000
1
2 3
4 0
0
0 0
1000
1 2
3 4
100
1
2 3
4
10
1 2
3
4 1
4 dial
1
1
2
3 4
0.1
1 2
3
4
0.01
1 2
3 4
0.001
1
2
3 4
0.0001
0
1
2
3 4
10000
1
2
3 4
5 0
0
0 0
1000
1
2 3
4 5
1
1 1
100
1 2
3 4
50
0
10
1
2 3
4
5 0
5 dial
1
1 2
3
4 5
0.1
1
2 3
4
5
0.01
1
2 3
4 5
0.001
1
2
3
4 5
0.0001
1
2
3
4 5
10000
1 2
3
4 5
6 1 0 1 1
1000
1
2
3 4
5 60
0 0
100
1
2 3
4 5
60
0
10
1 2
3 4
5
6 1
6 dial
1
1
2 3
4
5 6
0.1
1 2
3 4
5
6
0.01
1 2
3 4
5 6
0.001
1 2
3
4
5 6
0.0001
1 2
3
4
5 6
10000
Not Applicable -
Not enough display digits
1000
1 2
3
4 5
6 7
100
1
2
3 4
5 6
7
1
10
1
2 3
4 5
6
7 1
7 dial
1
1 2
3 4
5
6 7
0.1
1
2 3
4 5
6
7
0.01
1
2 3
4 5
6 7
0.001
1
2 3
4
5
6 7
0.0001
1
2 3
4
5
6 7
10000
Not Applicable -
Not enough display digits
1000
Not Applicable -
Not enough display digits
100
1 2
3
4 5
6 7
8
1
10
1
2
3 4
5 6
7
8
8 dial
1
1
2 3
4 5
6
7 8
0.1
1
2
3 4
5 6
7
8
0.01
1
2
3 4
5 6
7 8
0.001
1
2
3 4
5
6
7 8
0.0001
1
2
3 4
5
6
7 8
Page 48 MAG-UM-01272-EN-09 February 2019

Store / Restore Feature
Dial
Type
Totalizer
Resolution
Display Digits
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0
10000
Not Applicable— Not enough display digits
1000
Not Applicable— Not enough display digits
100
Not Applicable— Not enough dis )lay digits
10
1
2
3
4 5 6 7
8
9
0
9 dial 1
1
2
3 4 5 6
7
8
9
0.1
1
2
3
4 5 6 7
8
9
0.01
1
2
3
4 5 6 7
8
9
0.001
1
2
3
4 5 6
7
8
9
0.0001
1
2
3
4 5 6
7
8
9
10000 Not Applicable— Not enough display digits
1000 Not Applicable— Not enough display digits
100 Not Applicable— Not enough display digits
10 Not Applicable— Not enough dis )lay digits
10 dial* 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0
0.1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 .0
0.01 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 .9 0
0.001 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 .8 9 0
0.0001 1 2 3 4 5 6 .7 8 9 0
*10 dial reading is not supported by the encoder protocol. When the meter is configured, the display settings for number of dials and resolution are based on
what the encoder protocol can support. For example, if the encoder output is enabled (V1 or V2) and you try to select 10 dials, the display will show an error
dialog since this is an invalid configuration for the encoder. If the encoder output is not enabled, a selection of up to 10 digits is available.
It is important to understand that the totalizers are represented in a manner equivalent to an actual encoder. For example,
1 USG on a 4 dial will be transmitted/displayed as"0001" If in bidirectional mode, -1 USG will be transmitted/displayed as
119999".
The protocol type has two options:
• V1 - meter provides single totalizer,Tn (bi-directional) orT1 (uni-directional)
• V2 -meter provides extended information (For ORION Cellular, ORION Fixed Network (SE) or ORION Migratable (ME))
The additional information provided by protocol type V2 is only accessible for specific models of the encoder (i.e. ORION SE
or ORION ME). The additional information of protocol type V2 includes, status information of the meter, meter identification, a
second totalizer reading (T+ orT2), relative flow rate (0...100%), and flow direction.
STORE / RESTORE FEATURE
The Store/Restore feature is intended to save installation costs and reduce installation time. This feature is also intended to
protect meter configuration and assure the operator that the meter is properly configured. Over time and handling of the
meter, the meter configuration could change. The Store/Restore feature allows the meter to be quickly set to the operator's
original configuration. Refer to the M2000 Store/Restore user manual for details on this feature.
DATA LOGGING FEATURE
The Data Logging feature records three types of events to a memory token:
• Totalizer/error events
• Configuration change events
• Startup events (power up, power down or reset events)
Each type of event is recorded into three separate files stored on the memory token. These files are extracted using the
provided flow meter tool software over the RS232 communication link. Refer to the M2000 Data Logging user manual for
details on this feature.
February 2019 MAG-UM-01272-EN-09 Page 49

Maintenance
MAINTENANCE
Mandatory, routine or scheduled maintenance should not be required for the M2000 meter electronics or flow tube after
proper installation.
However, some instances may require personnel to perform the following:
• Flow tube and electrode cleaning
• Fuse replacement
• Circuit board replacement
AWARNING
• DISCONNECT MAIN POWER TO THE UNIT BEFORE ATTEMPTING ANY DEVICE MAINTENANCE OR CLEANING.
• DO NOT CLEAN COMPONENTS INSIDE THE AMPLIFIER OR JUNCTION BOX.
Cleaning the Flow Tube and Electrode
At times flow tube, electrodes, amplifier/junction box housings and the amplifier window may need periodic cleaning,
depending on process fluid properties, fluid flow rate and surrounding environment.
Clean the flow tube and electrodes by following the material handling and cleaning procedures documented in Material
Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) guidelines for the product(s) that were in contact with the flow tube and electrodes.
Should flow tube and/or electrode cleaning become necessary:
1. Disconnect detector from pipeline.
2. Clean electrodes according to MSDS guidelines.
3. Reconnect detector to pipeline.
Replacing the Fuse
AWARNING
DISCONNECT MAIN POWER TO THE UNIT BEFORE ATTEMPTING ANY DEVICE MAINTENANCE. RISK OF ELECTRICAL
SHOCK. REPLACE THE FUSE ONLY WITH 250V AC, 2 AMP, SLOW BLOW (5 X 20 MM). AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL MUST
REPLACE FUSES.
Replacing the Circuit Board
Refer to the M-Series M2000 Interchangeability Procedure Application Brieffor information on replacing circuit boards.
Page 50 MAG-UM-01272-EN-09 February 2019

Troubleshooting
TROUBLESHOOTING
The M2000 meter is designed for many years of optimal performance. However, should it malfunction, there are certain things
that we recommend you check before contacting our Technical Support department or your local Badger Meter
Representative.
NOTE: If the fluid measured has a high concentration of conductive solids, deposits may accumulate on the internal
liner walls and electrodes. These deposits will cause a reduction of the measuring output.Thus, Badger Meter
recommends that you remove the meter and inspect the liner and electrodes after six months. If deposits are found,
remove them with a soft brush. Repeat inspection process every six months or until an appropriate inspection cycle
can be established for the specific application.
NOTE: Other general conditions include:
Description Possible Cause
Rollover warning A rollover warning occurs when the display
totalizer can no longer represent the current
value within the totalizer. A rollover warning
is dependent on the number of dials,
resolution and the unit of measure.
Recommended Action
To clear rollover error, do one of the following:
Increase number of dials
Reduce resolution or
Clear totalizers
Flow is present but Digital input is holding flow.
Check signal cable.
display is "0" Disconnected signal cable.
Turn detector by 180' or switch terminal E1 and
Detector mounted opposite of the main
E2 or reprogram to bidirectional mode.
flow direction (see arrow on the nameplate).
Check cable connections for cross wiring.
Coil or electrode cables exchanged.
Verify digital input configuration.
Improper low flow cutoff or full scale flow.
Replace configuration defaults.
Inaccurate measuring Improper calibration.
Restore calibration defaults.
Wrong calibration parameter.
Check the parameters (detector factor and size)
Pipe not fully filled, or air in pipe.
according to supplied data sheet.
Invalid fluid conductivity.
Check if meter is completely filled with fluid.
Invalid fluid mixture.
Purge line to eliminate air bubbles.
No display
No power.
Incorrect power.
Bad wiring connections.
Blown fuse.
Flow rate value known to Detector factor.
be wrong Deposits on electrodes and/or liner,
Incorrect pipe size programmed.
Apply power.
Check power value.
Replace fuse (2 amp, 250V AC, slow blow
5 x 20 mm).
Check display ribbon cable.
Check value on label.
Check and remove deposits.
Check size if necessary.
Flow rate indication Make sure cable is shielded and not vibrating.
unstable Cable issue. Make sure meter is properly grounded to a good
Grounding issue. earth ground.
Partially full pipe. Make sure pipe is full of fluid.
Air in pipe. Make sure fluid does not contain air bubbles.
Amplifier location - outside electrical. Make sure amplifier is not too close to sources of
Invalid fluid conductivity. electrical interference.
BEACON displays
multiple estimated flow
occurrences for meters
connected to ORION
Cellular LTE endpoints.
ORION Cellular LTE endpoints require
additional resistance.
Add a 15K resistor to the M2000 meter terminal
block. See "Encoder Protocol Interface" on page
47for complete details.
February 2019 MAG-UM-01272-EN-09 Page 51

Troubleshooting
Error Description
100
101
110
120
121
140
150
170
Page 52
ADE: Configuration of the ADE
interface is invalid.
Menu Manager Configuration Errors
Recommended Action
This error is displayed when an invalid modification to either of the following menu parameters is
detected: Protocol Type, Dial Type,Totalizer Resolution, Digital Input Function Type or Digital Output
Function Type.
1. Configuring the M2000 meter as an ADE interface has the following limitations, Protocol Type V1
is only allowed if number of dials is less than 8.
2. The resolution of the totalizers (i.e. Totalizer Resolution) must beset to something other than OFF.
3. For 8 dial configuration, a resolution of 10000 and 1000 are not supported. There are not enough
display digits to accommodate 8 dials and greater than 100 units of resolution.
4. For 7 dial configuration, a resolution of 10000 is not supported. There are not enough display
digits to accommodate 7 dials and greater than 1000 units of resolution.
ADE: Enabling/Disabling ADE
This error is observed when Digital input or output function is manually selected for ADE operation.
operation is invalid
Enabling or Disabling ADE operation can only be accomplished by setting the AIDE protocol type.
Output 1 /2: Pulse Output
This error is observed when improperly configuring either the full scale flow, pulse per unit, pulse
Configuration Error
width or digital output function type for pulse output operation. Preparing these parameters for pulse
output operation (i.e. forward or reverse) has limitations that are monitored by the menu manager.
This error can indicate the following configuration violations:
1. Pulse Frequency exceeds limits at full scale flow
2. Pulse duty cycle is less than 50% at full scale flow (i.e. pulse on time > pulse off time)
3. AMR Pulse Frequency exceeds limit at full scale flow
The pulse frequency limit is 10 kHz when the pulse width is 0 (i.e. 50% duty cycle).
The pulse frequency limit is 1 / (2 * Pulse Width) when the pulse width is non -zero in order to achieve
a 50% duty cycle.
For AMR operation, the frequency limit is 3 HZ.
Follow these steps for configuring meter for pulse output operation:
1. Set PPU to zero for both output 1 and 2
2. If necessary, set full scale flow appropriately for application
Display: Totalizer Conversion
Error -Totalizer cannot be prop-
erly converted for display
3. Set PW as required by equipment receiving pulse transmissions from meter. Observe frequency
limits for non -zero pulse widths.
4. Determine the desired pulse frequency at a typical flow rate (i.e. 1000 HZ @ 250 GPM
5. Calculate ratio of typical flow rate to full scale flow: ratio = typical flow rate / full scale flow (i.e. 250
GPM / 500 GPM = 0.5)
6. Calculate flow rate conversion factor: For GPM, conversion factor =1 /60, for GPH, conversion
factor =1 /3600, for GPS, conversion factor = 1
7. Calculate PPU: PPU = (Desired pulse frequency at typical flow rate / ratio) / [ Full Scale Flow
(conversion factor) ]_ (1000 / 0.5) / [500 * (1 /60) ] = 240 Pulse / Gallon
8. If an error is received consider reducing value of full scale flow and ensuring desired pulse
frequency is within limits. Then redo steps 4-7
If not using the pulse outputs, set the pulses per unit to zero to allow for re -configuration of the
full scale flow. If it is required to use the pulse outputs, re-evaluate the pulse output configuration.
Consider recording and clearing totalizers following pulse output configuration"
This error is observed while trying to change the totalizer units. Limits of display will prevent
improper configuration of the volume unit dependent on current totalizer values. Consider
recording and cleaning totalizers prior to changing totalizer.
Output 1/2: Pulse Output
This error is observed when changing the totalizer units of measure.This error implies the pulse
Configuration Error
configuration exceeds limits (see error 110). Please note the pulses per unit is not automatically
updated on volume unit re-configuration. The pulses per unit should be manually changed to
accommodate the desired units of measure. It may be necessary to set the pulses per unit to zero then
change to the desired totalizer units.
Output 3: Configuration Error - Full
Reduce full scale frequency setting of output when hardware is configured for relay operation.
scale frequency exceeds limits of
relay (1000 Hz)
Output 3: Configuration Error - Full
Reduce full scale frequency setting of output when hardware is configured for open collector
scale frequency exceeds limits (10
operation.
kHz)
Output 1/2: Output Type
This error is observed when the function type is 24V DC and the output type is changed from
Configuration Error
Normally Open to Normally Closed. It is required for 24V DC output operation that the output type be
Normally Open.
MAG-UM-01272-EN-09
February 2019

Troubleshooting
Menu Manager Configuration Errors
Error Description Recommended Action
171 Output 1/2: Output Type This error is observed when the function type is ADE and the output type is changed from Normally
Configuration Error Open to Normally Closed. It is required for ADE operation that the output type be Normally Open.
190 Full Scale Flow: Entered Value Value entered exceeds the absolute maximum flow the meter supports. Reduce the value for this
exceeds limits parameter or consider increasing pipe diameter.
Display Error / Status Messages
Error Message Possible Cause Recommended Action
Err: Detector No detector connection with amplifier. Check detector and cable connections in accordance with this manual.
Connection between amplifier and detector Contact Technical Support.
Supply voltage too low. Contact Technical Support.
Grounded coils in meter. Contact Technical Support.
Water in detector. Contact Technical Support.
Err: Empty pipe Pipe may not be full. Make sure all trapped air is out of system.
If fluid or fluid conductivity recalibrate the parameter.
Err: Full scale Actual flow rate is exceeding programmedflow. Reduce flow rate or increase the programmed full scale value by more than 5%.
Err: AD -Range AD -Converter is exceeding signal limits. Checkthe grounding scheme of the meter installation. See grounding section in this
manual. Verify pipe is not empty.
Err: AD-INT Initialization of AD -Converter unsuccessful. Contact Technical Support.
Err: Rollover Rollover counters have exceeded limit. Clear all totalizers.
Err: Rollover Status Totalizer rollover has occurred. Reload totalizer then clear all totalizers.
Err: Simulation 1/0 simulator is enabled. Disable simulator in I/O menu.
February 2019 MAG-UM-01272-EN-09 Page 53

Specifications
SPECIFICATIONS
Flow Range
0.10...39.4 ft/s (0.03...12 m/s)
Accuracy
± 0.20% of rate ± 1 mm/s
Repeatability
± 0.1 %
Power Supply
AC Power Supply: 85...265V AC; Typical Power: 20V A or 15W; Maximum Power: 26V A or 20W
Optional DC Power Supply: 10...36V DC; Typical Power: 1 OW; Maximum Power: 14W
Analog Output
4...20 mA, 0...20 mA, 0...10 mA, 2...10 mA (programmable and scalable)
Voltage sourced 24V DC isolated. Maximum loop resistance < 800 ohms.
Digital Output
Four total, configurable 24V DC sourcing active output (up to 2),100 mA total, 50 mA each; sinking open collector output
(up to four), 30V DC max, 100 mA each; AC solid-state relay (up to 2), 48V AC, 500 mA max
Digital Input
Max 30V DC (programmable - positive zero return, external totalizer reset or preset batch start)
Frequency Output
Scalable up to 10 kHz, open collector up to 1 kHz, solid-state relay
Misc Output
High/low flow alarm (0... 100% of flow), error alarm, empty pipe alarm, flow direction, preset batch alarm,
24V DC supply, AIDE
Communication
RS232 Modbus RTU; RS485 Modbus RTU, HART, Profibus DP require separate daughterboards
Pulse Width
Scalable up to 10 kHz, passive open collector up to 10 kHz, active switched 24V DC. Up to two outputs (forward and
reverse). Pulse width programmable from 1...1000 ms or 50% duty cycle.
Processing
32-bit DSP
Empty Pipe Detection
Field tunable for optimum performance based on specific application
Excitation Frequency
1 Hz, 3.75 Hz, 7.5 Hz or 15 Hz (factory optimized to pipe diameter)
Noise Dampening
Programmable 0...30 seconds
Low Flow Cut -Off
Programmable 0... 10% of maximum flow
Galvanic Separation
250V
Fluid Conductivity
Minimum 5.0 pS/cm (minimum 20 NS/cm for demineralized water)
Fluid Temperature
With Remote Amplifier: PFA, PTFE & Halar 302' F (150* C)
With Meter -Mounted Amplifier: Rubber 178' F, (80' C), PFA, PTFE & Halar 212' F (100' C)
Ambient Temperature
-4 ... 140-F (-20...60° C)
Relative Humidity
Up to 90 percent non -condensing
Flow Direction
Unidirectional or bidirectional two separate totalizers (programmable)
Totalization
Program mable/resettable
Units of Measure
Ounce, pound, liter, US gallon, imperial gallon, barrel, hectoliter, mega gallon, cubic meter, cubic feet, acre feet
Display
4 x 20 character display with backlight
Programming
Three -button, external manual or remote
Amplifier Housing
Cast aluminum, powder -coated paint
Detector Housing
Standard: Carbon steel welded; Optional: 316 or 304 stainless steel
Pipe Spool Material
316 stainless steel
Flanges
Standard: ANSI 616.5 Class 150 RF forged carbon steel; Optional: 300 lb forged carbon steel, 316 or 304 stainless steel
Pressure Rating
Line sizes up through 24 in: In accordance with ASME B16.5 Class 150 or Flange Rating Class 300
Line sizes greater than 24 in. and through 72 in: AWWA C-207 Class D or Class E Flange Rating
Liner Material
PFA up to 3/8 in., PTFE 1/2... 24 in., soft and hard rubber from 1...54 in., Halar® from 14...40 in.
Electrode Materials
Standard: Hastelloy C22; Optional: 316 stainless steel, gold/platinum plated, tantalum, platinum/rhodium
Mounting
Meter mount or remote wall mount (bracket supplied)
Locations
Indoor and outdoor
Meter Enclosure Classification Standard: NEMA 4X (IP66); Optional: Submersible NEMA 6P (IP67), remote amplifier required
Junction Box Enclosure For remote amplifier option: powder -coated die-cast aluminum, NEMA 4 (IP66)
Protection
Cable Entries 1/2 in. NPT cord grip (3)
Meter Size Thickness (of one ring)
Optional Stainless Steel Up through 10 in. 0.135 in.
Grounding Rings
12...78 in. 0.187 in.
NSF Listed Models with hard rubber liner, 4 in. size and larger; PTFE liner, all sizes
Token Features Data Logging (Blue token); Store/Restore (Red token); Firmware Upgrade (Black token)
Page 54 MAG-UM-01272-EN-09 February 2019

User Manual
Il►rr4Llk0I 7►r_10:3W_l►1:4]_144
February 2019 MAG-UM-01272-EN-09 Page 55

M2000 Electromagnetic Flow Meter
Control. Manage. Optimize.
M-Series is registered trademark of Badger Meter, Inc. Other trademarks appearing in this document are the property of their respective entities. Due to continuous research,
product improvements and enhancements, Badger Meter reserves the right to change product or system specifications without notice, except to the extent an outstanding
contractual obligation exists. © 2019 Badger Meter, Inc. All rights reserved.
www.badgermeter.com
The Americas I Badger Meter 14545 West Brown Deer Rd I PO Box 245036 1 Milwaukee, Wl 53224-9536 1 800-876-3837 1 414-355-0400
Mexico I Badger Meter de [as Americas, S.A. de C.V. I Pedro Luis Ogaz6n N°32 I Esq. Angelina N°241 Colonia Guadalupe Inn I CP 01050 1 Mexico, DF I Mexico [phone]
Europe, Eastern Europe Branch Office (for Poland, Latvia, Lithuania, Estonia, Ukraine, Belarus) I Badger Meter Europe I ul. Korfantego 6 1 44-193 Knur6w Poland 1 [phone]
Europe, Middle East and Africa I Badger Meter Europa GmbH I Nurtinger Str 76 172639 Neuffen I Germany 1 [phone]
Europe, Middle East Branch Office I Badger Meter Europe I PO Box 341442 1 Dubai Silicon Oasis, Head Quarter Building, Wing C, Office #C209 I Dubai / UAE 1+971-4-371 2503
Slovakia I Badger Meter Slovakia s.r.o. I Racianska 109/13 1 831 02 Bratislava, Slovakia 1 [phone]
Asia Pacific Badger Meter 180 Marine Parade Rd 1 19-07 Parkway Parade I Singapore 449269 1 [phone]
Switzerland Badger Meter Swiss AG I Mittelholzerstrasse 8 13006 Bern I Switzerland 1 [phone] Legacy Document: IOM-175-04 PN 53400-190